Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Pulse Biosciences, Inc.

Pulse Biosciences, Inc.

plse · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker plse
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 75
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Pulse Biosciences, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________________
Form 10-K
____________________________________________

(Mark One)
x    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
Or
☐    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from             to

Commission File Number 001-34899
____________________________________________

Pulse Biosciences, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
____________________________________________

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

3957 Point Eden Way
Hayward, CA
(Address of principal executive offices)

46-5696597
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

94545
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (510) 906-4600

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Trading Symbol(s)
PLSE

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes ☐   No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.     Yes ☐   No x

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for 
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes x    No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).     Yes x   No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the 
definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

Large accelerated filer   
Non-accelerated filer   

☐
x 

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company   
Emerging growth company

☐
x
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting 
standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 
404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes ☐   No x 

Aggregate market value of registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal 
quarter, based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on such date as reported by Nasdaq Capital Market, was approximately $178,622,994. Shares of voting stock held by each 
officer and director have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This assumption regarding affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other 
purposes.

Number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of March 25, 2022: 29,802,280

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15.
Item 16.

Signatures 

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

Page

3
18
50
51
51
51

52
54
54
63
64
93
93
93
94

94
94
94
94
94

95
98

99

“Pulse Biosciences,” the Pulse logos and other trademarks or service marks that we use in connection with the operation of our business appearing in 
this  Annual  Report,  including  CellFX,  CellFX  CloudConnect,  CellFX  Marketplace,  Nano-pulse  Stimulation,  and  NPS,  are  the  property  of  Pulse 
Biosciences, Inc. Solely for your convenience, some of our trademarks and trade names referred to in this Annual Report are listed without the ® and TM 
symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks and trade names. Also, this Annual Report may contain 
additional trade names, trademarks or service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of any 
other  company’s  trade  names,  trademarks  or  service  marks  to  imply  a  relationship  with,  or  endorsement  or  sponsorship  of  us  by,  any  of  these  other 
companies.

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “Pulse,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our,” in this document refer to Pulse 

Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and, where appropriate, its wholly owned subsidiaries.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements relate to 
expectations concerning matters that are not historical facts. Words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” 
“might,” “plans,” “projects,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking 
statements contain these identifying words. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements related to our expected business, 
new product introductions, results of clinical studies, expectations regarding regulatory clearance and the timing of FDA or non-US filings or approvals 
including meetings with FDA or non-US regulatory bodies, procedures and procedure adoption, future results of operations, future financial position, our 
ability  to  generate  revenues,  our  financing  plans  and  future  capital  requirements,  anticipated  costs  of  revenue,  anticipated  expenses,  the  effect  of  recent 
accounting pronouncements, our investments, anticipated cash flows, our ability to finance operations from cash flows and similar matters, the impact of 
the recent COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic and related public health measures on our business, and statements based on current expectations, estimates, 
forecasts, and projections about the economies and markets in which we intend to operate and our beliefs and assumptions regarding these economies and 
markets. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue 
reliance  on  our  forward-looking  statements.  Actual  results  or  events  could  differ  materially  from  the  plans,  intentions  and  expectations  disclosed  in  the 
forward-looking statements that we make. You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report for a discussion of important factors that could 
cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained herein. We do not assume any 
obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based 
upon  information  available  to  us  as  of  the  date  of  this  Annual  Report,  and  although  we  believe  such  information  forms  a  reasonable  basis  for  such 
statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted a thorough inquiry 
into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely 
upon these statements. This Annual Report and any documents incorporated by reference may contain market data that we obtain from industry sources. 
These sources do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of the information. Although we believe that our industry sources are reliable, we do not 
independently verify the information. The market data may include projections that are based on a number of other projections. While we believe these 
assumptions to be reasonable and sound as of the date of this Annual Report, actual results may differ from the projections.

Part I

Item 1. Business

Overview

Pulse  Biosciences,  Inc.  is  a  novel  bioelectric  medicine  company  committed  to  health  innovation  using  an  entirely  new  and  proprietary  energy 
modality. The Company’s CellFX® System is the first commercial product to harness the distinctive advantages of the Company’s proprietary Nano-Pulse 
Stimulation™ (“NPS”) technology. The CellFX System delivers nanosecond duration pulses of electrical energy, each less than a millionth of a second 
long, to non-thermally clear targeted cells while sparing adjacent non-cellular tissue, to treat a variety of medical conditions for which an optimal solution 
remains unfulfilled. 

The CellFX® System

We have begun commercializing our proprietary CellFX System into the large and growing dermatology procedure market as our first commercial 
market. Powered by NPS technology, the CellFX System delivers nano second duration pulses of electrical energy to non-thermally clear targeted cells 
while sparing adjacent non-cellular tissue. This non-thermal specificity for cellular targets is a significant differentiator for the CellFX System compared to 
other  energy  devices  used  in  dermatology  and  other  medical  specialties,  such  as  radiofrequency  ablation.  The  Company  has  validated  the  cell-specific 
effects of NPS technology with a series of completed and ongoing clinical studies of cellular lesions, which are skin conditions characterized by abnormal 
or undesired cellular structures located on, or in, the non-cellular dermal collagen.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In  February  2021,  the  Company  received  510(k)  clearance  from  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (the  “FDA”)  for  the  CellFX  System  for 
dermatologic procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin. In January 2021, the Company received Conformité Européene (“CE”) marking 
approval for the CellFX System, which allows for marketing of the system in the European Union (“EU”); in June 2021, the Company received Health 
Canada approval for the CellFX System, which allows for marketing of the system in Canada; and in November 2021, the Company received approval for 
the CellFX System from the Therapeutic Goods Administration (“TGA”), and from the New Zealand Medicines and Medical Devices Safety Authority 
(“Medsafe”) which allows for marketing of the system in Australia and New Zealand. The CE mark, Health Canada, TGA, and Medsafe approvals allow 
for use of the CellFX System in dermatological procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin for the reduction, removal, and/or clearance of 
cellular-based benign lesions, including Sebaceous Hyperplasia (“SH”), Seborrheic Keratosis (“SK”), and cutaneous non-genital warts.

The CellFX System is a tunable, software-enabled, console-based platform, designed to accommodate the clinical workflow preferred by physicians. 
The  CellFX  System  currently  includes  a  multi-use  handpiece  and  a  suite  of  single-patient  use  treatment  tips  ranging  from  1.5mm2  to  10mm2, enabling 
treatment of a variety of lesion sizes and depths. The treatment tips wirelessly connect to the CellFX System when plugged into the handpiece, allowing for 
the use of automated treatment settings based on the treatment tip used.

We have also designed an integrated cloud software infrastructure called CellFX CloudConnect™ to enable our innovative utilization-based business 
model  to  help  align  the  interests  of  patients,  practices,  and  the  Company.  CellFX  CloudConnect  makes  possible  the  wireless  connectivity  between  the 
physician’s  CellFX  System,  our  e-commerce  customer  portal  (“CellFX  Marketplace”),  practice  management  tools  to  track  utilization  data  and  other 
metrics, and our internal customer relationship management and enterprise resource planning software systems. CellFX CloudConnect also facilitates direct 
connectivity  to  the  CellFX  System  to  enable  remote  software  updates,  service,  and  maintenance  functions.  Because  of  this  ability  to  streamline,  be 
responsive, and reduce disruption to the clinician workflow, CellFX CloudConnect allows us to provide active high-touch support.

Our Proprietary Nano-Pulse Stimulation Technology Platform

Our proprietary CellFX System leverages our patented NPS technology platform. NPS technology is characterized by nanosecond duration pulses of 
electrical energy, each less than a millionth of a second long. When applied to targeted tissue, our NPS technology sends energy pulses to cells in order to 
alter  the  function  of  the  internal  cellular  organelles,  including  the  mitochondria  and  endoplasmic  reticulum,  without  disrupting  extracellular  tissue.  We 
believe  this  leads  to  regulated  cell  death,  a  process  exhibited  naturally  by  cells  in  the  human  body  when  they  undergo  stress  and  are  unable  to  restore 
cellular homeostasis. 

The CellFX System is designed to function on the basis of a unique non-thermal mechanism of action that likely results in a biophysical disruption 
brought about by the tunable speed and amplitude of our NPS pulses interacting with the physical structure of cells. While the CellFX System delivers 
pulses that directly affect the internal organelles of cells, these pulses do not have significant functional effect on non-cellular tissue, such as collagen, a 
protein that forms the structural foundation of the skin. In short, with our proprietary CellFX System, we can deliver a cell-focused effect that we believe 
leads to regulated cell death while preserving surrounding non-cellular tissue, a combination that may potentially lead to highly differentiated treatment 
applications.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to advance our NPS technology platform into medical specialty areas where an optimal solution remains unfulfilled. We are in the 
business of commercializing novel, proprietary, and differentiated products that have the potential to significantly improve patient outcomes in the markets 
we serve, as well as those we intend to serve in the future. To achieve this plan, we intend to: 

(cid:0) Demonstrate the unique benefits of our proprietary CellFX System and its unique non-thermal mechanism of action across a number of 

compelling applications:

o The first introduction of the CellFX System focuses on serving dermatologists and other skin specialists as a new modality to address 
common benign skin conditions that are cellular in nature and often difficult to treat. We have conducted, and will continue to conduct, 
numerous  clinical  studies,  including  studies  in  SK,  the  most  common  benign  raised  pigmented  lesion;  SH,  small  skin-colored  bumps, 
often oily in appearance and can appear in clusters; cutaneous non-genital warts; and back acne.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(cid:0) Continue  commercialization  efforts  of  our  proprietary  CellFX  System  and  applications  for  its  use  across  clinical  indications  already 

cleared or approved:

o

o

o

o

o

In January 2021, the Company received CE marking approval for the CellFX System, which allows for marketing of the system in the 
European Union and, in June 2021, the Company received Health Canada approval for the CellFX System, which allows for marketing of 
the system in Canada. The CE mark and Health Canada approvals allow for indication of use of the CellFX System in dermatological 
procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin for the reduction, removal, and/or clearance of cellular-based benign lesions, 
including SH, SK, and cutaneous non-genital warts.
In  February  2021,  we  received  510(k)  clearance  from  the  FDA  for  the  CellFX  System  for  general  dermatologic  procedures  requiring 
ablation and resurfacing of the skin.
In November 2021, we received approval from Medsafe in Australia for indication of use of the CellFX System in dermatological 
procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin for the reduction, removal, and/or clearance of cellular-based benign lesions, 
including SH, SK, and cutaneous non-genital warts.  
In  November  2021,  we  received  approval  from  the  TGA  in  Australia  for  indication  of  use  of  the  CellFX  System  in  dermatological 
procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin for the reduction, removal, and/or clearance of cellular-based benign lesions, 
including SH, SK, and cutaneous non-genital warts.
In December 2021, we received approval from the Health Sciences Authority in Singapore for indication of the CellFX System in 
dermatological procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin for the reduction, removal, and/or clearance of cellular-based 
benign lesions, such as non-genital cutaneous warts and plantar warts.

(cid:0) Continue with our Controlled Launch and build a foundation of clinical and commercial advocacy among this group of clinics to propel 

the first wave of early adopters:

o

In February 2021, we initiated controlled launch programs in the United States and the European Union and in June 2021 we initiated a 
controlled  launch  program  in  Canada  (collectively,  our  “Controlled  Launch”).  We  expect  our  Controlled  Launch  participants  will 
influence the first wave of early adopters when it comes to their CellFX purchase decisions and integrating the CellFX into a successful 
aesthetic dermatology practice. 
In the fourth quarter of 2021, we completed the first two commercial sales of the CellFX System.

o
o As of December 31, 2021, we onboarded a total of seventy CellFX Controlled Launch Program participants across the U.S., Europe, and 
Canada,  completing  program  enrollment.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  twenty-nine  Controlled  Launch  Program  participants  opted  to 
purchase their CellFX System and six clinics opted out of the program. 

(cid:0) Expand utilization of the CellFX System with new applications and procedure optimization:

o The sale of each CellFX System and the sale of cycle units required to operate the CellFX System are both revenue-generating events. 
The  treatment  of  each  lesion  requires  cycle  units  which  the  treating  physicians  will  need  to  periodically  replenish,  creating  additional 
revenue-generating events. Providing additional evidence and/or regulatory clearances for new clinical conditions is expected to increase 
the potential for physicians to increase their procedure volumes and associated procedure fees, which in turn should increase the number 
of  cycle  units  purchased  for  the  existing  installed  base  and  increase  the  likelihood  that  additional  physicians  will  purchase  a  CellFX 
System based on its expanded utility and revenue-generating potential within their practice.

o We expect to continue to conduct clinical studies and make regulatory submissions on an ongoing basis to broaden the approved uses of 
the  CellFX  System.  Specific  indication  labeling  will  allow  the  Company  to  provide  educational  and  promotional  materials  to  our 
physician customers to enable them to promote specific applications to their patients. Based on the local regulations of each geographic 
market, the Company may also engage in cooperative marketing and advertising, under appropriate circumstances.

5

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

o

In  December  2021,  upon  completion  of  all  treatments  in  an  investigational  device  exemption  (“IDE”)  pivotal  comparison  study  to 
evaluate  the  treatment  of  SH  using  the  CellFX  System,  we  submitted  a  510(k)  to  add  the  treatment  of  SH  to  the  CellFX  System’s 
indications for use in the United States. In February 2022, we received an Additional Information (“AI”) letter from the FDA in response 
to the 510(k) submitted. In the AI letter, the FDA stated it did not believe the Company provided sufficient clinical evidence at this time 
to support the expanded indication for use, and that the Company had not met the primary endpoints of the SH IDE study. The Company 
anticipates meeting with the FDA to discuss the contents of the AI letter and potential next steps, which may require additional clinical 
data and potentially a new 510(k) submission.

(cid:0) Leverage the CellFX branding of cellular mechanism to drive expansion in dermatology and set the stage for future applications beyond 

dermatology:

o While we are prioritizing cash-pay applications in the immediate term, the Company intends to invest in continued research with non-
melanoma skin cancer and other medical applications to expand users and usage. This includes evaluating reimbursement strategies and 
options for selected applications.

o The significant investments in scientific and clinical programs in dermatology we have made over the last several years have given us 
unique insights and a deeper understanding of our cell-based, tissue-sparing platform technology that should inform and accelerate the 
use of NPS in other application areas within and outside of dermatology. This includes early pre-clinical work in areas such as 
otolaryngology, cardiology, and oncology.

Aesthetic Dermatology Procedure Market

We believe the CellFX System has the potential to offer improved clinical outcomes for a broad range of dermatologic conditions and aesthetic skin 
applications for which targeted clearance of cellular lesions or structures is medically or cosmetically desirable. Current dermatology procedures to remove 
lesions or undesired skin tissue typically involve either excision (e.g., surgery), the use of heat (e.g., lasers or radiofrequency energy), or the use of cold 
(e.g., cryoablation). The latter-mentioned thermal methods of tissue destruction affect both cellular and non-cellular tissue components indiscriminately, 
which can lead to collateral damage of the dermal foundation in the skin.

Based  on  the  ability  of  our  NPS  mechanism  to  clear  cellular  structures  while  sparing  the  structural  foundation  of  the  skin,  we  believe  there  is  a 
significant opportunity for the CellFX System in the growing aesthetic and medical dermatology market. In the United States, according to the 2019 Survey 
on  Dermatologic  Procedures  by  the  American  Society  for  Dermatologic  Surgery  (“ASDS”),  dermatologists  performed  nearly  14  million  cosmetic  and 
medically-necessary procedures, with 4.1 million cosmetic procedures performed using energy-based devices – an 18% increase from 2018 and a 106% 
increase from 2012. ASDS has also reported that consumers ranked their dermatologist as the #1 influencer of skin procedure decisions. We have worked 
closely with top KOLs in the aesthetic and medical dermatology field to identify those procedures and skin conditions in which the CellFX System and its 
unique NPS mechanism of action would offer a high value proposition.

Regarding  prevalence  of  our  intended  initial  dermatologic  applications  (SH,  SK,  and  cutaneous  non-genital  warts),  based  on  third-party  surveys 
conducted  among  aesthetic  physicians,  an  average  of  200  patients  per  month  in  both  the  United  States  and  the  European  Union  who  visit  aesthetic 
dermatology practices present with each of our initial dermatologic applications. Further, these surveys reported that patients place greater value on lesion 
removal procedures over other popular aesthetic procedures they currently receive and are willing to pay cash to treat multiple lesions in a single visit.

Initial Aesthetic Dermatology Applications

Sebaceous Hyperplasia

SH  is  a  common  benign  condition  of  sebaceous  glands  in  adults  of  middle  age  or  older.  SH  occurs  when  the  sebaceous  glands  become  enlarged, 
creating small, shiny, yellowish lesions or bumps, usually 2-4 millimeters in diameter and typically on the face. In a 2019 marketing study conducted with 
U.S. dermatologists (n=304), physicians reported seeing on average 42 patients per week with SH, with 65% left untreated due to the lack of desirable 
outcomes with traditional treatment methods (e.g., electrocautery). 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Results from our clinical trials have demonstrated that NPS has a unique ability to clear cellular structures located within the dermis of the skin, such 
as  enlarged  sebaceous  glands  that  cause  SH,  without  damaging  the  dermal  foundation,  making  it  a  potentially  unique  and  highly  effective  treatment 
modality for SH lesions and similar targets residing deeper within the dermis of the skin. 

In our multi-center clinical studies to date, we have treated more than 1,000 SH lesions in more than 260 patients. As studies are ongoing, results to 
date indicate that NPS technology is effective for the treatment of SH. Over 80% of treated SH lesions were rated clear or mostly clear by investigators at 
the 60-day post treatment follow-up evaluation. In our latest study in which we evaluated whether the use of lower energy settings would maintain efficacy, 
results demonstrated that lower NPS energy levels maintained high efficacy while improving overall cosmetic effects, as well as higher patient satisfaction, 
compared to our first studies. 

In January 2021, we completed all treatments in an IDE pivotal study to compare the safety and efficacy of the CellFX System to a comparator group, 
Electrodessication for the treatment of SH lesions. In December 2021, we submitted a 510(k) to add the treatment of SH to the CellFX System’s indications 
for use in the United States. In February 2022, we received an AI letter from the FDA in response to the 510(k) submitted. In the AI letter, the FDA stated 
it did not believe the Company provided sufficient clinical evidence at this time to support the expanded indication for use, and that the Company had not 
met the primary endpoints of the SH IDE study. The Company anticipates meeting with the FDA to discuss the contents of the AI letter and potential next 
steps, which may require additional clinical data and potentially a new 510(k) submission.   

Notwithstanding  the  AI  letter  and  the  FDA’s  preliminary  assessment,  we  believe  that  the  successful  treatment  of  SH  lesions  reflects  a  valuable 
commercial opportunity for the CellFX System in an area of unmet need and substantiates the unique ability of NPS pulses to penetrate the dermis and 
clear deeper cellular structures without damaging the surrounding dermis. In Europe, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand, the CellFX System is approved 
for the treatment of sebaceous hyperplasia, seborrheic keratosis and non-genital warts.

Seborrheic Keratosis

SK is one of the most common non-cancerous skin growths in older adults. SK usually appear as a brown, black, or light tan growth on the face, 
chest, shoulders, or back and has a waxy, scaly, slightly elevated appearance. SK are normally painless, and patients often seek to have them removed if 
they become irritated by clothing or for cosmetic reasons. Based on 2019 marketing research, dermatologists in the United States report seeing 84 patients 
with SK each week, with 52% left untreated despite having available treatment options (e.g., cryosurgery).

During  2017  and  2018  we  conducted  a  multi-center  clinical  study  evaluating  the  safety  and  efficacy  of  NPS  technology  for  the  treatment  of  SK. 
Results from our clinical study, including 58 patients and 174 treated SK lesions, indicate that a single NPS treatment is effective for the treatment of SK. 
Eighty-two  percent  (82%)  of  treated  SK  lesions  were  rated  clear  or  mostly  clear  by  investigators  at  the  106-day  post  treatment  follow-up  evaluation. 
Patients in the study rated 78% of treatment outcomes as satisfied or mostly satisfied.

Cutaneous, Non-Genital Warts

Non-genital  warts  are  an  extremely  common  benign  skin  disease  caused  by  infection  of  epidermal  cells  with  the  human  papillomavirus  (“HPV”), 
resulting  in  cell  proliferation  and  a  thickened,  warty  papule  on  the  skin.  Common  warts  are  most  often  seen  on  the  hands  and  present  as  skin-colored 
papules with a rough scaly surface. Flat warts are most often seen on the backs of the hands and on the legs. They appear as slightly elevated small plaques 
that are skin-colored or light brown. Plantar warts occur on the soles of the feet and look like very thick callouses. 

During 2020, we initiated a 62-patient, multi-center, clinical, pivotal study evaluating the safety and efficacy of the CellFX System for the treatment 
of non-genital cutaneous warts. Results from this study showed favorable outcomes of up to 75% clearance rate for warts on the hands, leg, knee, and neck, 
with rapid skin recovery and a low rate of residual skin effects. During 2021 we completed enrollment of 150 patients in an IDE pivotal comparison study 
to assess the treatment of cutaneous non-genital warts using the CellFX System. We are currently analyzing the study data and are anticipating a 510(k) 
submission during the second quarter of 2022.

Future Dermatology Application Feasibility Studies

We expect to conduct clinical studies on an ongoing basis to continue to evaluate clinical opportunities for, and demonstrate the value of, the CellFX 

System across a growing list of valuable indications, including:  

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Basal Cell Carcinoma

During  2021  we  completed  enrollment  of  30  patients  as  part  of  an  FDA  Investigational  Device  Exemption  (“IDE”)  feasibility  study  to  assess  the 
treatment of Basal Cell Carcinoma (“BCC") using the CellFX System. BCC is the most frequently occurring form of cancer in the US, with an estimated 
3.6 million diagnosed cases every year, according to the Skin Cancer Foundation. The current treatment of BCC is wide margin surgical excision, which 
can  result  in  undesirable  scarring.  We  believe  that  NPS  technology  and  the  CellFX  System  can  be  used  to  treat  smaller  BCC  lesions  with  improved 
outcomes in cosmetically sensitive areas, such as on the face, and we believe that this new application would be beneficial to a large number of patients.

The objective of the feasibility study is to demonstrate that the CellFX System can safely be used to eliminate BCC lesions with a potentially superior 
cosmetic outcome when compared to wide margin excision. During the study, BCC lesions are treated with the CellFX System and approximately 60 days 
following the treatment, the treatment area is examined for the cosmetic outcome. The lesion is then be excised using the current standard of care wide 
margin excision procedure and analyzed by the study pathologist to determine whether there are any remaining basal cells present in the treatment area. 
This study has been completely enrolled and the data is being analyzed.

Dermatofibroma

Dermatofibroma  are  small,  benign  lesions  typically  found  on  the  extremities,  especially  the  lower  legs.  These  persistent  and  sometimes  painful 
growths are fairly common, with dermatologists reporting seeing as many as 30 patients presenting with them per week. However, the current treatment 
rate is low, due primarily to the lack of available treatments. The current standard of care, surgical excision, is used infrequently because it typically results 
in undesirable scaring. There are currently no energy-based devices that are regularly used to treat dermatofibroma and for this reason we believe this could 
potentially be a large market opportunity and a viable CellFX procedure performed with the currently available treatment tips.

Safety Profile of Our NPS Technology Platform

During  the  course  of  conducting  human  clinical  studies  in  dermatology  with  the  NPS  platform  to  support  an  FDA  filing  at  leading  dermatology 
research centers across the United States, no serious adverse events have been reported and patient tolerance to the procedure has been high. A histological 
study of treated human tissue examined by experts in dermatopathology revealed a unique and consistent cell-specific non-thermal mechanism of action 
and a predictable healing response that spared non-cellular dermal tissue across a wide range of skin types and patient demographics. 

Commercialization Strategy

To  launch  the  CellFX  System,  we  selected  approximately  70  centers  across  the  United  States,  Canada  and  the  European  Union  to  be  the  first 
physicians  to  receive  the  system  in  their  respective  markets  and  geographies  through  our  Controlled  Launch  program.  An  objective  of  our  ongoing 
Controlled Launch program has been to turn participating clinics into high utilization commercial customers that will serve as important reference clinics 
for future commercial customers. We initially expected clinics to complete the program requirements within three to five months. However, the average 
time for clinics that have completed the Controlled Launch program has been seven months. We continue to gain valuable information from the Controlled 
Launch process. While the real-world delivery of NPS technology through the CellFX System has proven to clear benign lesions in clinical studies, we 
have learned that the market development for benign lesions and the integration of this procedure into the practice workflow will require a higher touch 
model  to  generate  the  system  utilization  we  are  expecting.  We  now  expect  clinics  to  continue  to  move  through  the  program  throughout  2022,  as  they 
complete the program requirements.  

We  have  deployed  a  sales  and  marketing  team  comprised  of  professionals  with  experience  in  delivering  products  and  applications  into  the 
dermatology market and have long-standing relationships with the KOLs, clinics, and customers in this market. The field sales team has been converting 
Controlled Launch participants to purchases, as well as engaging in direct commercial sales of the CellFX System. 

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Controlled  Launch  participants  that  have  opted  to  purchase  the  CellFX  System  for  commercial  use  have  performed  CellFX  procedures  since 
becoming  commercial  users  and,  in  the  aggregate,  have  increased  the  number  of  treatment  sessions  per  month.  Currently,  our  commercial  clinics  are 
averaging  ten  patient  treatment  sessions  per  month  with  their  CellFX  System.  Our  goal  for  the  end  of  2022  is  to  increase  utilization  to  forty  patient 
treatment sessions per month at our current commercial clinics. To drive this increased utilization and emphasis on education, training and marketing at our 
current accounts, we have implemented changes to our commercial leadership, restructured our commercial field organization and modified our strategy in 
support  of  our  utilization  focus  and  reduced  emphasis  on  new  system  sales  in  the  near-term.  In  February  2022,  we  appointed  Kevin  Danahy  as  Chief 
Commercial  Officer.  Mr.  Danahy  has  a  proven  track  record  of  building  exceptional  commercial  teams  and  implementing  strategies  to  drive  market 
penetration and significant growth with disruptive medical technologies across a variety of medical disciplines. Under Mr. Danahy’s leadership, the near-
term focus of our commercial team’s efforts will be to increase utilization at our commercial clinics.

Potential of Nano-Pulse Stimulation Technology Beyond Dermatology

We continue to invest in and investigate potential uses for our NPS technology outside of dermatology, and one of our directors, Mitch Levinson, 
joined  the  Company  as  our  Chief  Strategy  Officer  in  August  2021  to  lead  these  efforts.  Mr.  Levinson  has  over  30  years  of  experience  developing  and 
launching  novel  medical  device  technologies  across  multiple  medical  disciplines,  including  dermatology,  wound  care,  surgery,  diagnostics,  patient 
monitoring, and digital health.

Some early research initiatives outside of dermatology have been encouraging. For example, preclinical data was recently presented on the use of 
NPS technology in the field of gastroenterology by Dr. Robert Ganz at the Annual Meeting of the American Foregut Society. Dr. Ganz is a key opinion 
leader in this field and one of the foremost experts on the treatment of Barrett’s esophagus using ablative technologies. Dr. Ganz’s presentation, entitled 
“Nano-Pulse Stimulation Technology is a Promising New Energy Modality for Barrett’s Esophagus,” showed the successful use of NPS technology in an 
animal model of Barrett’s Esophagus.

Barrett’s  esophagus  is  a  complication  of  gastroesophageal  reflux  disease,  or  GERD,  faced  by  approximately  10%  of  people  with  chronic  GERD 
symptoms, in which the tissue lining the esophagus becomes dysplastic or precancerous as a result of the damage caused by the chronic acid reflux. The 
dysplastic cells are associated with an increased risk of esophageal cancer, and for this reason they are typically removed or destroyed using thermal energy 
modalities.  The  porcine  study  presented  by  Dr.  Ganz  demonstrated  that  the  CellFX  System  using  our  novel  and  proprietary  esophageal  applicator  can 
remove the esophageal epithelium and submucosal glands without causing significant fibrosis or evidence of stricture, which suggests that NPS technology 
may  provide  unique  safety  and  efficacy  benefits  for  the  treatment  of  Barrett's  esophagus  over  currently  used  thermal  ablative  technologies  that  can 
sometimes  lead  to  adverse  outcomes  such  as  esophageal  stricture,  scarring,  pain,  and  retreatment.  Importantly,  this  evidence  also  demonstrates  that  the 
proven mechanism of action of NPS in skin can be applicable to other tissues of similar architecture, such as in the esophagus. 

This  early  preclinical  work  represents  one  of  several  potential  new  application  areas  for  the  CellFX  platform  and  NPS  technology  outside  of 
dermatology. However, while we believe there are exciting potential applications across many medical specialties for our NPS platform technology, we 
remain committed and focused on execution of our commercial launch in dermatology.

Intellectual Property

We maintain a portfolio of intellectual property surrounding our CellFX System and our NPS technology platform. As a medical technology company 
our  current  patents  and  ongoing  intellectual  property  development  are,  and  will  continue  to  be,  a  priority  for  our  business.  We  believe  our  intellectual 
property  is  an  important  competitive  advantage  for  us.  We  also  rely  on  trade  secrets,  know-how,  continuing  technological  innovations,  and  licensing 
opportunities to further develop, maintain, and strengthen our competitive position. We actively protect our intellectual property through a combination of 
patent  registrations,  trademarks,  and  copyright  protections;  confidentiality  agreements  with  our  employees,  consultants,  and  other  parties;  and  access 
control to sensitive information.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We own or have a license to 123 issued patents worldwide and have 105 patent applications pending worldwide, with the earliest expiration of a 
U.S.-issued  licensed  patent  in  2024  and  the  latest  in  2039.  As  in  the  past,  we  plan  to  continue  to  file  new  patent  applications  to  protect  our  systems, 
algorithms, applicators, methods, and designs of our technologies and products as they evolve. Medical technologies such as ours may be utilized in many 
different applications and incorporate several patentable features, and our strategy will be to always strive to protect our products and technologies with 
multiple patents directed to the variety of features and applications, in order to establish a strong defense against competitors and such that an expiration of 
a  single  patent  does  not  lessen  our  overall  comprehensive  coverage.  We  believe  our  NPS  platform  and  current  CellFX  System  are  protected  by  several 
issued patents, as well as pending applications.

Research and Development

Since  inception,  the  majority  of  our  business  has  focused  on  the  development  of  the  CellFX  System  and  earlier  clinical  versions  of  the  system, 
conducting clinical studies, including dermatology studies in SK, SH, warts, acne, moles (nevi), syringoma, and BCC, and pre-clinical and basic research 
into the unique mechanism of action of our NPS technology platform.

In 2022, we have the following planned clinical studies:

(cid:0) US: dermatofibroma and BCC
(cid:0) Europe: dermatofibroma, moles (nevi), actinic keratosis, and BCC
(cid:0) Canada: plantar warts 

The  development  of  our  proprietary  CellFX  System  has  involved  a  multi-disciplinary  effort  including;  electrical,  mechanical,  biomedical,  and 
software engineers to design and integrate the various elements of the CellFX System and its predecessors; clinical research specialists to plan and conduct 
clinical studies; and research scientists to assess and interpret the focal and systemic biological effects of our technology. We believe we can expand the 
potential of the CellFX System through ongoing innovation and additional clinical studies demonstrating safety and efficacy in additional dermatologic 
conditions and additional therapeutic areas. 

Competition

The applications we intend to target are subject to intense competition from rapidly evolving companies and new scientific discoveries. We compete 
against well-established incumbent technologies offering products in oncology, dermatology and aesthetics, minimally invasive procedures, and veterinary 
applications.  Given  the  broad  scope  of  our  technology,  we  face  competition  ranging  from  large  manufacturers  with  multiple  business  lines  to  small 
companies with focused products, as well as providers of other medical therapies and therapeutics for conditions that our products are intended to treat. 
Some  of  these  companies  currently  have  greater  financial,  technical,  research,  and/or  other  resources  than  we  do  and  have  larger  and  more  established 
manufacturing  capabilities  and  marketing,  sales,  and  support  functions.  Our  future  success  will  depend  on  our  ability  to  establish  and  maintain  a 
competitive position in current and future technologies. Our technology is unique and differentiated in that NPS technology can influence many cellular 
functions depending on the energy applied. When it is used to stimulate primarily regulated cell death, we believe it would be less traumatic to treated 
tissue and would result in less scarring or collateral damage to surrounding tissues.

Government Regulation

The CellFX System is a medical device subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and 
its implementing regulations, as well as other federal and state regulatory bodies in the U.S. The laws and regulations govern, among other things, product 
design and development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, storage, recordkeeping and reporting, clearance or approval, 
marketing, distribution, promotion, import and export, and post-marketing surveillance. 

The FDA regulates the medical device market to ensure the safety and efficacy of these products. For medical devices that require pre-market review, 
the  FDA  allows  for  three  clearance/approval  pathways  for  a  medical  device  to  be  commercialized:  approval  via  a  Pre-market  Approval  Application 
(“PMA”), clearance of a 510(k) submission, or submission of a de novo application. The FDA has established three different classes of medical devices, 
based on the level of risk associated with using a device and consequent degree of regulatory controls needed to govern its safety and efficacy, as well as 
the appropriate clearance/approval pathway needed to obtain authorization to legally market a medical device in the U.S.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Class I and Class II devices are considered low and moderate risk devices. Most Class I devices are exempt from premarket notification. Most Class 
II devices require 510(k) clearance from the FDA in order to be marketed in the U.S. A 510(k) Premarket Notification is a premarket submission made to 
the FDA to demonstrate that the device to be marketed is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed Class II device, or a predicate. Companies making a 
510(k) submission must compare their 510(k)-candidate device to a predicate device and establish substantial equivalence to the satisfaction of FDA. A 
device  previously  cleared  under  510(k)  or  a  device  approved  through  a  de  novo  application  can  be  used  as  a  predicate  device  for  later  developed 
substantially equivalent medical devices. However, establishing substantial equivalence in a 510(k) submission requires the candidate device to have the 
same intended use and the same technological characteristics as a predicate device. The FDA has a 90-calendar day review goal from the date of receipt of 
the  510(k)  to  either  authorize  or  decline  commercial  distribution  of  the  device,  but  clearance  generally  takes  longer  than  90  days.  During  the  review 
process,  the  FDA  may  also  request  additional  information  which  extends  the  review  process.  If  the  FDA  decides  that  the  product  is  not  substantially 
equivalent to a predicate device, a clearance will not be granted, and the device cannot be commercialized. If a 510(k) submission is rejected by FDA, the 
applicant may be required to seek premarket authorization through the de novo pathway or the premarket approval pathway, which are more costly and will 
generally take longer for FDA approval. 

Medical devices regarded as the highest risk by the FDA are typically designated Class III and generally require the submission of a PMA application 
for approval. Class III devices generally include life-sustaining, life-supporting, or implantable devices or devices without a known predicate technology 
already approved by the FDA. A PMA application must be accompanied by substantial data that supports the reasonable safety and efficacy of the device, 
which  includes  the  provision  of  pre-clinical,  clinical,  technical,  manufacturing,  and  labeling  information.  After  the  FDA  determines  the  application  is 
sufficiently complete to commence a substantive review, it has 180 days to review the submission, but it can typically take longer (up to several years) as 
this regulatory body can request additional data, including clinical data or clarifications. The FDA may also impose additional regulatory scrutiny for a 
PMA,  including  the  institution  of  an  outside  advisory  committee  (panel  review)  to  assess  the  application  or  provide  recommendations  as  to  whether  to 
approve the device. Although the FDA is not required to follow the recommendation of an advisory panel, it generally does. As part of the review, the FDA 
will also inspect the manufacturing operations of the Company requesting approval to verify compliance with Quality System regulations.

If  a  new  medical  device  does  not  qualify  for  the  510(k)  premarket  notification  process  because  no  predicate  device  to  which  it  is  substantially 
equivalent can be identified, the device is automatically classified into Class III. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established 
a new route to market for low to moderate risk medical devices that are automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a predicate device, called 
the “Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or the de novo classification process. This process allows a manufacturer whose novel 
device  is  automatically  classified  into  Class  III  to  request  down-classification  of  its  medical  device  into  Class  I  or  Class  II  on  the  basis  that  the  device 
presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA. If the manufacturer seeks reclassification into Class II, the 
manufacturer  must  include  a  draft  proposal  for  special  controls  that  are  necessary  to  provide  a  reasonable  assurance  of  the  safety  and  efficacy  of  the 
medical device. The FDA may reject the reclassification petition if it identifies a legally marketed predicate device that would be appropriate for a 510(k) 
or determines that the device is not low to moderate risk and requires PMA or that general controls would be inadequate to control the risks and special 
controls cannot be developed.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance or PMA approval, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would 
constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or PMA Supplemental approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to 
make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees 
with  the  determination  not  to  seek  a  new  510(k)  clearance  or  PMA  Supplement,  the  FDA  may  retroactively  require  a  new  510(k)  clearance  or  PMA 
Supplements  to  be  submitted.  The  FDA  could  also  require  a  manufacturer  to  cease  marketing  and  distribution  and/or  recall  the  modified  device  until 
clearance  or  approval  is  obtained.  Also,  in  these  circumstances,  the  manufacturer  may  be  subject  to  significant  regulatory  fines,  penalties,  and  possible 
warning letters.

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation

Even after a device is placed on the market with FDA clearance or approval, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

(cid:0)

the  FDA’s  Quality  System  Regulation  (“QSR”)  which  requires  manufacturers,  including  third-party  manufacturers,  to  follow  stringent  design, 
testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(cid:0)

labeling regulations and FDA and FTC prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved, or off-label uses;

(cid:0) medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death 
or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur; and

(cid:0)

post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and efficacy data for 
the device.

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers, and we must comply with the post-market surveillance regulations, including 
medical device reporting regulations. We are required to report to the FDA information if a device has, or may have, caused or contributed to a death or 
serious injury or has malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury, if the malfunction of the device or one of our 
similar devices were to recur. If we fail to report events required to be reported to the FDA within the required timeframes, or at all, the FDA could take 
enforcement action and impose sanctions against us. Any such adverse event involving our products also could result in future voluntary corrective actions, 
such  as  recalls  or  customer  notifications,  or  agency  action,  such  as  inspection  or  enforcement  action.  Any  corrective  action,  whether  voluntary  or 
involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, would require our time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may 
harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

We  may  be  subject  to  unannounced  inspections  by  the  FDA  and  the  Food  and  Drug  Branch  of  the  California  Department  of  Public  Health  to 

determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers. 

Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  regulatory  requirements  can  result  in  enforcement  action  by  FDA,  which  may  include  any  of  the  following 

sanctions:

(cid:0) warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

repair, replacement, refunds, recall, or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions, partial suspension, or total shutdown of production;

refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;

(cid:0) withdrawing 510(k) clearance or premarket approval that has already been granted; and

(cid:0)

criminal prosecution.

Regulatory System for Medical Devices in Europe

The  European  Union  (the  “EU”)  consists  of  27-member  states  and  has  a  coordinated  system  for  the  authorization  of  medical  devices.  Marketing 
medical  devices  in  the  EU  is  subject  to  compliance  with  the  Medical  Devices  Directive  93/92/EEC  (MDD)  and  the  European  Union  Medical  Device 
Regulation (2017/745 or EU MDR) following its entry into application on May 26, 2020. A medical device may be placed on the market within the EU 
only if it conforms to certain “essential requirements” and bears the CE Mark. The most fundamental and essential requirement is that a medical device 
must be designed and manufactured in such a way that it will not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and health of users 
and others. In addition, the device must achieve the essential performance(s) intended by the manufacturer and be designed, manufactured, and packaged in 
a suitable manner.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Manufacturers must demonstrate that their devices conform to the relevant essential requirements through a conformity assessment procedure. The 
nature of the assessment depends upon the classification of the device. The classification rules are mainly based on three criteria: the length of time the 
device is in contact with the body, the degree of invasiveness, and the extent to which the device affects the anatomy. Conformity assessment procedures 
for all but the lowest risk classification of device involve a notified body. Notified bodies are often private entities and are authorized or licensed to perform 
such  assessments  by  government  authorities.  Manufacturers  usually  have  some  flexibility  to  select  a  notified  body  for  the  conformity  assessment 
procedures for a particular class of device and to reflect their circumstances, e.g., the likelihood that the manufacturer will make frequent modifications to 
its  products.  Conformity  assessment  procedures  require  an  assessment  of  available  clinical  evidence,  literature  data  for  the  product,  and  post-market 
experience in respect of similar products already marketed. Notified bodies also may review the manufacturer’s quality systems. If satisfied that the product 
conforms to the relevant essential requirements, the notified body issues a certificate of conformity, which the manufacturer uses as a basis for its own 
declaration of conformity and application of the CE Mark. Application of the CE Mark allows the general commercializing of a product in the EU. The 
product can also be subjected to local registration requirements depending on the country. 

The EU MDR, which repealed and replaced the MDD, entered into force on May 25, 2017 with a transition period extending until May 26, 2021. 
The EU MDR clearly envisages, among other things, stricter controls of medical devices, including strengthening of the conformity assessment procedures, 
increased expectations with respect to clinical data for devices, and pre-market regulatory review of high-risk devices. The EU MDR also envisages greater 
control over notified bodies and their standards, increased transparency, more robust device vigilance requirements, and clarification of the rules for clinical 
investigations. Under transitional provisions, medical devices with notified body certificates issued under the MDD prior to May 26, 2020, and which have 
not been significantly changed, may continue to be placed on the market for the remaining validity of the certificate, until May 27, 2024 at the latest. After 
the expiry of any applicable transitional period, only devices that have been CE marked under the EU MDR may be placed on the market in the EU.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) impacts the transmission, maintenance, use, and disclosure of certain 
individually  identifiable  health  information  (referred  to  as  protected  health  information,  or  “PHI”).  Since  HIPAA  was  enacted  in  1996,  numerous 
implementing regulations have been issued, including, but not limited to: (1) standards for the privacy of individually identifiable health information (the 
“Privacy  Rule”),  (2)  standards  to  protect  the  confidentiality,  integrity  and  security  of  electronic  protected  health  information  (the  “Security  Rule”), 
(3)  standards  for  electronic  transactions,  (4)  a  standard  unique  national  provider  identifier  for  providers  and  health  plans,  and  (5)  the  HHS  Breach 
Notification Rule. We refer to these rules, as well as similar state laws that may be applicable to our operations, as the HIPAA Rules. The U.S. Department 
of  Health  and  Human  Services  (“HHS”)  has  also  issued  regulations  governing  the  enforcement  of  the  HIPAA  Rules,  the  violation  of  which  potentially 
includes  significant  criminal  and  civil  penalties.  Furthermore,  many  states  have  similar  laws  and  regulations  that  may  be  applicable  to  our  operations, 
including but not limited to state data security breach requirements.

The HIPAA Rules apply to “covered entities”, which includes healthcare providers who conduct certain transactions electronically, including but not 

limited to the electronic submission of health care claims to an insurance carrier. 

On  February  17,  2009,  Congress  enacted  Subtitle  D  of  the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  Act  (“HITECH”) 
provisions of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. This law includes strengthened federal privacy and security provisions to protect PHI, 
such as the notification requirements set forth in the Breach Notification Rule. On January 25, 2013, the Office for Civil Rights of the HHS published its 
final  rule  to  modify  the  HIPAA  Privacy,  Security,  Breach  and  Enforcement  Rules,  including  most  revisions/additions  made  by  the  HITECH.  The  rule 
became  effective  on  March  23,  2013,  and  entities  and  business  associates  covered  by  the  rule  were  required  to  comply  with  most  of  the  applicable 
requirements  by  September  23,  2013.  HITECH  increased  the  civil  and  criminal  penalties  that  may  be  imposed  against  Covered  Entities,  their  Business 
Associates, and possibly other persons, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to 
enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In addition to the federal privacy regulations, there are a number of state laws regarding the privacy and security of health information and personal 
data that are applicable to clinical laboratories. The compliance requirements of these laws, including additional breach reporting requirements, and the 
penalties  for  violation  vary  widely  and  new  privacy  and  security  laws  and  regulations  in  this  area  are  evolving  and  may  be  adopted  in  the  future.  We 
provide services to customers who are regulated entities under HIPAA and the HIPAA Rules, and we have taken steps to comply with health information 
privacy  and  security  statutes  and  regulations  in  all  jurisdictions,  both  state  and  federal,  that  apply  to  us.  However,  we  may  not  be  able  to  maintain 
compliance in all jurisdictions where we do business, and even if we are compliant, we may face allegations that we are not. Any actual or alleged failure to 
maintain compliance, or changes in state or federal laws regarding privacy or security, could result in regulatory investigations, enforcement actions, and 
civil and/or criminal penalties and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we or our operations are found to be in violation of HIPAA, HITECH, or their implementing regulations, we may be subject to penalties, including 
civil and criminal penalties, fines, and exclusion from participation in U.S. federal or state health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our 
operations. 

Federal, State and Foreign Fraud and Abuse Laws

Because of the significant federal funding involved in Medicare and Medicaid, Congress and the states have enacted, and actively enforce, a number 
of laws to eliminate fraud and abuse in federal healthcare programs. Our business is subject to compliance with these laws. In March 2010, the Patient 
Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Healthcare and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, which we refer to collectively as the 
Affordable Care Act, was enacted in the United States. The provisions of the Affordable Care Act are effective on various dates. The Affordable Care Act 
expands the government’s investigative and enforcement authority and increases the penalties for fraud and abuse, including amendments to both the Anti-
Kickback Statute and the False Claims Act, to make it easier to bring suit under these statutes. The Affordable Care Act also allocates additional resources 
and tools for the government to police healthcare fraud, with expanded subpoena power for HHS, additional funding to investigate fraud and abuse across 
the healthcare system and expanded use of recovery audit contractors for enforcement.

Anti-Kickback  Statutes.    The  federal  healthcare  programs’  Anti-Kickback  Statute  prohibits  persons  or  entities  from  knowingly  and  willfully 
soliciting,  offering,  receiving,  or  providing  remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  exchange  for  or  to  induce  either  the  referral  of  an  individual,  or  the 
furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare or Medicaid.

The  definition  of  “remuneration”  has  been  broadly  interpreted  to  include  anything  of  value,  including,  for  example,  gifts,  certain  discounts,  the 
furnishing  of  free  supplies,  equipment  or  services,  credit  arrangements,  payment  of  cash,  and  waivers  of  payments.  Several  courts  have  interpreted  the 
statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration for inducing referrals of federal healthcare covered 
businesses, a violation of the statute can be found. Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment, and 
possible  exclusion  from  Medicare,  Medicaid,  and  other  federal  healthcare  programs.  In  addition,  a  kickback  violation  can  serve  as  a  predicate  for  a 
violation under the Federal False Claims Act, discussed in more detail below.

The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are otherwise lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare 
industry.  Recognizing  that  the  Anti-Kickback  Statute  is  broad  and  may  technically  prohibit  many  innocuous  or  beneficial  arrangements,  Congress 
authorized the Office of Inspector General (“OIG”), of HHS to issue a series of regulations known as “safe harbors.” These safe harbors set forth provisions 
that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback 
Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is per se illegal or that 
prosecution  will  be  pursued.  However,  conduct  and  business  arrangements  that  do  not  fully  satisfy  an  applicable  safe  harbor  may  result  in  increased 
scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as OIG.

Many states have adopted laws similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of recipients for healthcare 

items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

Government  officials  have  focused  their  enforcement  efforts  on  the  marketing  of  healthcare  services  and  products,  among  other  activities,  and 
recently  have  brought  cases  against  companies,  and  certain  individual  sales,  marketing,  and  executive  personnel,  for  allegedly  offering  unlawful 
inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Federal  False  Claims  Act.    Another  broad  statute  affecting  the  healthcare  industry  is  the  increased  use  of  the  federal  False  Claims  Act,  and  in 
particular,  actions  brought  pursuant  to  the  False  Claims  Act’s  “whistleblower”  or  “qui  tam”  provisions.  The  False  Claims  Act  imposes  liability  on  any 
person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal healthcare 
program. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the 
defendant  has  violated  the  False  Claims  Act  and  to  share  in  any  monetary  recovery.  In  recent  years,  the  number  of  suits  brought  against  healthcare 
providers by private individuals has increased dramatically. In addition, various states have enacted false claims laws analogous to the False Claims Act, 
and many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payor and not just a federal healthcare program.

When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the 
government, plus civil penalties of between $11,463 and $22,927 for each separate instance of false claim, subject to adjustment for inflation. As part of 
any  settlement,  the  government  may  ask  the  entity  to  enter  into  a  corporate  integrity  agreement,  which  imposes  certain  compliance,  certification,  and 
reporting obligations. There are many potential bases for liability under the False Claims Act. Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits, 
or causes another to submit, a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. The federal government has used the False Claims Act to assert 
liability  on  the  basis  of  inadequate  care,  non-compliance  with  medical  necessity  criteria,  kickbacks  and  other  improper  referrals,  and  improper  use  of 
Medicare  numbers  when  detailing  the  provider  of  services,  in  addition  to  the  more  predictable  allegations  as  to  misrepresentations  with  respect  to  the 
services  rendered.  In  addition,  the  federal  government  has  prosecuted  companies  under  the  False  Claims  Act  in  connection  with  off-label  promotion  of 
products.  Our  future  activities  relating  to  the  reporting  of  wholesale  or  estimated  retail  prices  of  our  products,  the  reporting  of  discount  and  rebate 
information, and other information affecting federal, state, and third-party reimbursement of our products and the sale and marketing of our products may 
be subject to scrutiny under these laws.

While we are unaware of any current matters, we are unable to predict whether we will be subject to actions under the False Claims Act or a similar 
state  law,  or  the  impact  of  such  actions.  However,  the  costs  of  defending  such  claims,  as  well  as  any  sanctions  imposed,  could  significantly  affect  our 
financial performance.

The  Sunshine  Act.    The  Physician  Payment  Sunshine  Act  (the  “Sunshine  Act”),  which  was  enacted  as  part  of  the  Affordable  Care  Act,  requires 
applicable manufacturers and certain distributors of prescription drugs, devices, biologics or other medical supplies available for coverage by Medicare, 
Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the Secretary of HHS: (i) payments or other transfers of value made by that 
entity, or by a third party as directed by that entity, to physicians and teaching hospitals or to third parties on behalf of physicians or teaching hospitals; and 
(ii) physician ownership (including immediate family ownership) and investment interests in the entity. The statute requires the federal government to make 
reported  information  available  to  the  public  starting  September  2014,  which  it  has.  Failure  to  comply  with  the  reporting  requirements  can  result  in 
significant civil monetary penalties ranging from $1,000 to $10,000 for each payment or other transfer of value that is not reported (up to a maximum per 
annual  report  of  $150,000)  and  from  $10,000  to  $100,000  for  each  knowing  failure  to  report  (up  to  a  maximum  per  annual  report  of  $1.0  million). 
Additionally, there are criminal penalties if an entity intentionally makes false statements in such reports. Upon commercialization, if physicians use our 
products for procedures that are reimbursed by Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, we may be subject to the Sunshine Act 
and the information we disclose may lead to greater scrutiny, which may result in modifications to established practices and additional costs. Additionally, 
similar reporting requirements have also been enacted on the state level domestically, and an increasing number of countries worldwide either have adopted 
or are considering similar laws requiring transparency of interactions with healthcare professionals.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.    The  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  (“FCPA”)  prohibits  any  U.S.  individual  or  business  from  paying,  offering,  or 
authorizing  payment  or  offering  of  anything  of  value,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  any  foreign  official,  political  party  or  candidate  for  the  purpose  of 
influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates 
companies  whose  securities  are  listed  in  the  U.S.  to  comply  with  accounting  provisions  requiring  us  to  maintain  books  and  records  that  accurately  and 
fairly  reflect  all  transactions  of  the  corporation,  including  international  subsidiaries,  if  any,  and  to  devise  and  maintain  an  adequate  system  of  internal 
accounting controls for international operations.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

International Laws.  In Europe, various countries have adopted anti-bribery laws providing for severe consequences, in the form of criminal penalties 
and/or  significant  fines,  for  individuals  and/or  companies  committing  a  bribery  offense.  Violations  of  these  anti-bribery  laws,  or  allegations  of  such 
violations, could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, and reputation. For instance, in the United Kingdom, under the Bribery Act 
2010, which went into effect in July 2011, a bribery occurs when a person offers, gives, or promises to give a financial or other advantage to induce or 
reward another individual to improperly perform certain functions or activities, including any function of a public nature. Bribery of foreign public officials 
also falls within the scope of the Bribery Act 2010. Under the new regime, an individual found in violation of the Bribery Act of 2010, faces imprisonment 
of up to 10 years. In addition, the individual can be subject to an unlimited fine, as can commercial organizations for failure to prevent bribery.

There  are  also  international  privacy  laws  that  impose  restrictions  on  the  access,  use,  and  disclosure  of  health  information.  All  of  these  laws  may 
impact  our  business.  Our  failure  to  comply  with  these  privacy  laws  or  significant  changes  in  the  laws  restricting  our  ability  to  obtain  required  patient 
information could significantly impact our business and our future business plans.

U.S. Healthcare Reform

Changes in healthcare policy could increase our costs and subject us to additional regulatory requirements that may interrupt commercialization of 
our current and future solutions. Changes in healthcare policy could increase our costs, decrease our revenues, and impact sales of and reimbursement for 
our current and future solutions. The Affordable Care Act substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, 
and significantly impacts our industry. The Act contains a number of provisions that impact our business and operations, some of which in ways we cannot 
currently predict, including those governing enrollments in federal healthcare programs and reimbursement changes.

There  will  continue  to  be  proposals  by  legislators  at  both  the  federal  and  state  levels,  regulators,  and  third-party  payors  to  reduce  costs  while 
expanding  individual  healthcare  benefits.  Certain  of  these  changes  could  impose  additional  limitations  on  the  prices  we  will  be  able  to  charge  for  our 
current  and  future  solutions  or  the  amounts  of  reimbursement  available  for  our  current  and  future  solutions  from  governmental  agencies  or  third-party 
payors. While in general it is too early to predict specifically what effect the Affordable Care Act and its implementation or any future healthcare reform 
legislation or policies will have on our business, current and future healthcare reform legislation and policies could have a material adverse effect on our 
business and financial condition.

Environmental

We  are  subject  to  federal,  state,  and  local  laws,  rules,  regulations,  and  policies  governing  the  use,  generation,  manufacture,  storage,  air  emission, 
effluent discharge, handling, and disposal of certain hazardous and potentially hazardous substances used in connection with our operations. Although we 
believe that we have complied with these laws and regulations in all material respects and, to date, have not been required to take any action to correct any 
noncompliance, there can be no assurance that we will not be required to incur significant costs to comply with environmental regulations in the future. 

Insurance

We  maintain  product  and  clinical  trial  liability  insurance  coverage  which  includes  a  maximum  of  per  claim  and  annual  aggregate  policy  limits, 
subject to self-insured retentions. The policy covers, subject to policy conditions and exclusions, claims of bodily injury and property damage from any 
product manufactured by us or from trial-related adverse events.

There is no assurance that our level of coverage is adequate. We may not be able to sustain or maintain our current level of coverage and cannot 
assure you that adequate insurance coverage will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. A successful product liability claim 
may exceed our existing coverages and may make future coverages significantly more expensive, if available at all.

Employees and Human Capital

As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  had  142  employees,  of  which  substantially  all  are  located  at  our  headquarters  in  Hayward,  California.  Of  these 

employees, 81 were engaged in research and development activities, and 61 were engaged in sales, marketing and general and administrative activities.  

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Talent Acquisition and Development.  We  are  committed  to  providing  a  respectful  work  environment  to  our  diverse  workforce.  We  provide  equal 
employment opportunities to all persons regardless of race, age, color, gender, sexual orientation, national origin, physical or mental disability, religion, or 
any other characteristic protected by federal, state, or local law. 

We believe our employees are essential to our success and our ability to attract, develop, and retain key talent is a vital part of that. Our philosophy is 
to both develop talent from within and to strategically recruit key external talent. Our overall talent acquisition and retention strategy is designed to attract 
and retain diverse and qualified candidates to enable the success of the Company and achievement of our performance goals. The skills, experience and 
industry knowledge of key employees significantly benefit our operations and performance.

Compensation and Benefits Program. Our compensation program is designed to attract, motivate, and retain talented individuals who possess the 

skills necessary to support our business and contribute to our strategic goals, creating long-term value for our stockholders. We provide employees with 
competitive compensation packages that include base salary, annual incentive bonuses, 401(k), and equity awards tied to the value of our stock price. Our 
comprehensive benefits package also includes medical, dental, vision, life and disability plans, and an employee assistance program.

Wellness and Safety. The health and safety of our employees is of utmost importance to us. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we are requiring all of 
our  employees  to  work  remotely  unless  they  cannot  perform  their  essential  functions  remotely  and  have  also  suspended  all  non-essential  travel  for  our 
employees. For the employees who are unable to perform their essential functions remotely, we have established extensive policies and guidelines which 
are designed to protect those individuals while they are physically in our offices. 

Available Information

Effective June 18, 2018, Pulse Biosciences reincorporated as a Delaware Corporation. We were originally incorporated in Nevada on May 19, 2014 
under the name Electroblate, Inc. and changed our name to Pulse Biosciences, Inc. effective December 8, 2015. Our corporate offices are located at 3957 
Point Eden Way, Hayward, California. Our telephone number is (510) 906-4600.  

Our website is located at www.pulsebiosciences.com. The information that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated into this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, and the inclusion of our website address is an inactive textual reference only. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports 
on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge through the “Investor Relations” section of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we 
electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Additionally, we use our website as a channel for distribution of important company information. Important information, including press releases, 
analyst  presentations  and  financial  information  regarding  us,  as  well  as  corporate  governance  information,  is  routinely  posted  and  accessible  on  the 
“Investor Relations” section of the website, which is accessible by clicking “Investors” on our website home page. 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with 
all of the other information in this Annual Report, including our financial statements and related notes, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Risks and uncertainties not 
currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and 
prospects. In addition, the impact of COVID-19 and any worsening of the economic environment may exacerbate the risks described below, any of which 
could have a material impact on us.

Summary 

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that you should consider before investing in our common stock. These risks are described 

more fully below and include, but are not limited to, risks relating to the following:

(cid:0) Our limited operating history and our limited revenue producing operations;

(cid:0) Our inability to operate without additional fundraising;

(cid:0)

Substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern;

(cid:0) Competition within our industry;

(cid:0) Health epidemics, including the coronavirus pandemic;

(cid:0) Our reliance on certain third parties such as key suppliers;

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

Potential loss of key management personnel;

Potential  security  breaches,  loss  of  data,  and  other  disruptions  to  us  or  to  our  third-party  service  providers  that  could  compromise  sensitive 
information;

Potential product liability lawsuits and other litigation;

(cid:0) The timing, unpredictability, and expense of our clinical and product development activities;

(cid:0) The possibility of adverse trial results and unfavorable long-term trial data;

(cid:0)

Potential failure to obtain and maintain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals;

(cid:0) Uncertainties concerning the long-term safety and effectiveness of our CellFX System and product candidates, and the potential for adverse side 

effects;

(cid:0) The commercial uncertainties concerning whether there will be broad adoption of our CellFX System and NPS technology;

(cid:0)

Possible challenges enrolling patients in our clinical trials;

(cid:0) Uncertainties concerning our ability to obtain an adequate level of reimbursement by Medicare and other third-party payers;

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

Protection of intellectual property, potential litigation related to intellectual property, and obligations under intellectual property agreements;

Stringent domestic and foreign regulation in respect of any potential devices and products, including healthcare laws and regulations;

(cid:0) Healthcare policy changes;

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(cid:0) Volatility of the price of our common stock;

(cid:0) Concentration of ownership by our principal stockholder and Board Chairman, Robert W. Duggan;

(cid:0) Unfavorable global economic or political conditions; and

(cid:0)

Potential material weaknesses and uncertainties concerning our ability to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting.

Risks Relating to Our Business, Industry and Financial Condition 

Because we have a limited operating history and have recently commenced revenue producing operations, it is difficult to evaluate the future of 

our business. 

We  are  a  bioelectric  medicine  technology  company  and  have  recently  commenced  revenue  producing  operations.  To  date,  our  operations  on  a 
consolidated basis have consisted almost entirely of the continued development and clinical studies of our technologies and implementation of the early 
parts of our business plan. We have incurred significant operating losses in each year since our inception and we may continue to incur additional losses for 
the next several years. In addition, a high percentage of our expenses will continue to be fixed; accordingly, our losses may be greater than expected and 
our operating results may suffer. We have limited historical financial data upon which we may base our projected revenue and base our planned operating 
expenses. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our technology, operations and business prospects. 

We currently have very limited product revenue and we may never become profitable. 

To  date,  we  have  not  generated  significant  revenue  and  we  have  historically  relied  on  financing  from  the  sale  of  equity  securities  to  fund  our 
operations.  We  expect  that  our  future  financial  results  will  depend  primarily  on  our  success  in  launching,  selling,  and  supporting  our  therapies  and 
procedures using the CellFX System or other products based on our NPS technology. We expect to expend significant resources on hiring of personnel, 
continued  scientific  and  product  research  and  development,  potential  product  testing  and  preclinical  and  clinical  investigation,  intellectual  property 
development and prosecution, marketing and promotion, capital expenditures, working capital, general and administrative expenses, and fees and expenses 
associated  with  our  capital  raising  efforts.  We  expect  to  incur  costs  and  expenses  related  to  consulting  costs,  laboratory  development  costs,  hiring  of 
scientists, engineers, sales representatives, and other operational personnel, and the continued development of relationships with potential partners. We are 
incurring significant operating losses, we expect to continue to incur additional losses for at least the next several years, and we cannot assure you that we 
will generate substantial revenue or be profitable in the future. There are no assurances that our future products will be cleared or approved or become 
commercially  viable  or  accepted  for  use.  Even  with  commercially  viable  applications  of  our  technology,  which  may  include  licensing,  we  may  never 
recover our research and development expenses. 

Investment  in  medical  technology  is  highly  speculative  because  it  entails  substantial  upfront  capital  expenditures  and  significant  risk  that  any 
potential  product  will  fail  to  demonstrate  adequate  efficacy  or  clinical  utility.  Investors  should  evaluate  an  investment  in  us  in  light  of  the  uncertainties 
typically  encountered  by  developing  medical  technology  companies  in  a  competitive  environment.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  efforts  will  be 
successful or that we will ultimately be able to achieve profitability. Even if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability 
on  a  quarterly  or  annual  basis.  Our  failure  to  become  and  remain  profitable  could  adversely  affect  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  and  could 
significantly impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, or continue to implement our business plan.

There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

To date, we have generated limited revenue from product sales and have incurred significant operating losses in each year since our inception and we 
anticipate that losses may continue for the next several years or until such time as we can generate substantial product revenue and achieve profitability. In 
connection  with  the  preparation  of  this  Annual  Report  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2021,  our  management  has  concluded  that  there  is 
substantial doubt as to whether we can continue as a going concern for the twelve months following the issuance of this Annual Report. We plan to raise 
additional  capital  to  fund  our  operations  through  public  or  private  equity  offerings,  debt  financings,  our  at-the-market  equity  offering  program,  and/or 
potential new collaborations. There is no assurance, however, that any additional financing or any revenue-generating collaboration will be available when 
needed or that management of the Company will be able to obtain financing or enter into a collaboration on terms acceptable to the Company.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We can give no assurance that our internal and external sources of liquidity will be sufficient for our cash requirements.

We must have sufficient sources of liquidity to fund our working capital requirements and execute on our strategic initiatives. Future new product 
launches or investments in other growth initiatives may demand increased working capital before any long-term return is realized from increased revenue. 
Our ability to achieve our business and cash flow plans is based on a number of assumptions which involve significant judgments and estimates of future 
performance,  borrowing  capacity  and  credit  availability,  and  financing  opportunities  which  cannot  at  all  times  be  assured.  Accordingly,  there  is  no 
assurance that cash flows from operations and other internal and external sources of liquidity will at all times be sufficient for our cash requirements. If 
necessary, we may need to consider actions and steps to improve our cash position and mitigate any potential liquidity shortfall, such as modifying our 
business plans, pursuing additional financing to the extent available, reducing capital expenditures, suspending certain activities or programs, pursuing and 
evaluating  other  alternatives  and  opportunities  to  obtain  additional  sources  of  liquidity,  and  other  potential  actions  to  reduce  costs.  There  can  be  no 
assurance that any of these actions would be successful, sufficient or available on favorable terms. Any inability to generate or obtain sufficient levels of 
liquidity to meet our cash requirements at the level and times needed could have a material adverse impact on our business and financial position.

If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, we may be unable to execute our business plan and fund operations. We may not be able to obtain 

additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

We have experienced operating losses and we may continue to incur operating losses for the next several years as we implement our business plan. 
Currently, we have no significant revenue from operations and, although we have implemented an at-the-market equity offering program, we do not have 
arrangements  in  place  for  all  the  anticipated  financing  that  would  be  required  to  fully  implement  our  business  plan.  Our  prior  losses,  combined  with 
expected future losses, have had, and will continue to have, for the foreseeable future, an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. 

We will need to raise additional capital in order to continue to execute our business plan. If we are unable to raise sufficient additional funds, we will 
have to scale back our operations. Also, the ongoing hostilities between Russia and Ukraine and the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and resulting negative 
impact on the global macroeconomic environment and capital markets may make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds. We may be required to 
incur debt in the future.

We cannot give any assurance that we will be able to obtain all the necessary funding that we may need. In addition, we believe that we will require 
additional capital in the future to fully develop and bring to market our technologies and planned products. We have pursued and may pursue additional 
funding through various financing sources, including the private sale of our equity securities, debt financings, our at-the-market equity offering program, 
licensing  fees  for  our  technology,  joint  ventures  with  capital  partners,  and  project  type  financing.  If  we  raise  funds  by  issuing  equity  or  equity-linked 
securities, dilution to some or all our stockholders would result. Any equity securities issued may also provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to 
those of holders of our common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on our operations. We also 
may seek government-based financing, such as development and research grants. There can be no assurance that funds will be available on commercially 
reasonable terms, if at all. 

Any future indebtedness could impose on us restrictive covenants, including, further limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on 
our ability to issue additional equity, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights, and other operating restrictions that could 
adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. In addition, the issuance of additional equity securities by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may 
cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Also, in the event that we enter into collaborations or licensing arrangements to raise capital, we 
may be required to accept unfavorable terms. These agreements may require that we relinquish, or license to a third party on unfavorable terms, our rights 
to  technologies  or  product  candidates  that  we  otherwise  would  seek  to  develop  or  commercialize  ourselves  or  reserve  certain  opportunities  for  future 
potential arrangements when we might otherwise be able to achieve more favorable terms. In addition, we may be forced to work with a partner on one or 
more of our products or market development programs, which could lower the economic value of those programs to us. 

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, we may be  required to, among other things, 
delay, scale back or eliminate some or all of our commercial activities, reduce headcount, trim research and product development programs, discontinue 
clinical trials, stop all or some of our manufacturing operations, defer capital expenditures, deregister from being a publicly traded company and delist from 
Nasdaq, or license our potential products or technologies to third parties, possibly on terms that cannot sustain our current business. If any of these things 
were to occur, our ability to grow and support our business and to respond to market challenges could be significantly limited or we may be unable to 
continue operations, in which case you could lose your entire investment.

Because our business is not profitable, from time to time we may undergo a reduction in force to reduce our operating expenses. However, any 
corporate  restructuring  or  headcount  reduction  may  not  result  in  anticipated  savings,  could  result  in  total  costs  and  expenses  and  attrition  that  are 
greater than expected and could disrupt our business.

If  we  decide  to  reduce  headcount  to  lower  our  operating  expenses,  we  may  not  realize,  in  full  or  in  part,  the  anticipated  benefits,  savings  and 
improvements in our cost structure from such a restructuring because of unforeseen difficulties, delays or unexpected costs. If we are unable to realize the 
expected operational efficiencies and cost savings from such a restructuring, our operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected. Any 
restructuring activities would be disruptive to our operations and could result in material delays in our new product development programs. For example, 
headcount reductions could yield unanticipated consequences, such as attrition beyond planned staff reductions, or increase difficulties in our day-to-day 
operations. Headcount reductions could also harm our ability to attract and retain qualified management, scientific, clinical, regulatory, manufacturing, and 
other  personnel  who  are  critical  to  our  business.  Any  failure  to  attract  or  retain  qualified  personnel  could  prevent  us  from  successfully  developing  and 
commercializing our new product candidates in the future and could also harm our existing and planned commercial activities in dermatology.

Our  revenues  and  future  profitability  are  entirely  dependent  upon  one  family  of  products,  the  CellFX  System,  and  one  platform  technology, 

Nano-pulse Stimulation.

Our revenue is generated entirely from the CellFX System, which consists of a console, handpieces and tips, and both these products and all our 
potential products under development are based upon the same patented platform technology, Nano-pulse Stimulation (“NPS”). Our revenue is therefore 
dependent on the success of these products and platform technology, and if these products are not widely adopted by dermatologists or if we suffer any 
disruptions  in  our  ability  to  sell  these  products,  our  business  will  suffer.  Reliance  on  a  single  family  of  products  and  single  platform  technology  could 
negatively  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  Our  ability  to  become  profitable  will  depend  upon  the  commercial  success  of  these 
products and platform technology. 

We market the CellFX System primarily to aesthetic and medical dermatologists who may be slow or fail to adopt our products or who may use our 

products in only a small percentage of their eligible patients for a variety of reasons, including, among others:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

lack of experience with our products;

lack of adequate reimbursement or cost to the patient;

lack of conviction regarding evidence supporting cost benefits or cost effectiveness of our products over existing alternatives;

lack of clinical data showing longer-term patient benefits;

the possible introduction of new technologies competitive to our products; and

liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures.

Moreover, our products, including our platform NPS technology, could be rendered obsolete or economically impractical by numerous factors, many of 
which are beyond our control, including but not limited to:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

entrance of new competitors into our markets;

technological advancements of alternative technologies, such as laser ablation technologies;

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(cid:0)

loss of key relationships with suppliers, group purchasing organizations, or end-user customers;

(cid:0) manufacturing or supply interruptions;

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

product liability claims;

our reputation and product market acceptance;

loss of existing regulatory approvals or the imposition of new requirements to maintain such approvals; and

product recalls or safety alerts.

We may fail to meet our publicly announced guidance or other expectations about our business and future operating results, which could cause 

our stock price to decline.

The  Company  may  provide  financial  guidance  about  its  business  and  future  operating  results.  In  developing  this  guidance,  the  Company’s 
management must make certain assumptions and judgments about its future operating performance, including but not limited to projected hiring of sales 
professionals,  growth  of  revenue  in  the  aesthetic  device  market,  increase  or  decrease  of  its  market  share,  costs  of  production  of  its  recently  introduced 
products, and stability of the macro-economic environment in the Company’s key markets. Furthermore, analysts and investors may develop and publish 
their own projections of the Company’s business, which may form a consensus about the Company’s future performance. The Company’s business results 
may vary significantly from such guidance or that consensus due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of the Company’s control, and which 
could  adversely  affect  its  operations  and  operating  results.  Furthermore,  if  the  Company  makes  downward  revisions  of  its  own  previously  announced 
guidance, or if the Company’s publicly announced guidance of future operating results fails to meet expectations of securities analysts, investors or other 
interested parties, the price of the Company’s common stock could decline.

Our  operating  results  may  fluctuate  significantly,  which  makes  our  future  operating  results  difficult  to  predict  and  could  cause  our  operating 

results to fall below expectations.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These 

fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research, development, and commercialization activities relating to our product and product 
candidates, which may change from time to time;

the timing of receipt of approvals or clearances for our product candidates from regulatory authorities in the United States or internationally;

the timing and status of enrollment for our clinical trials;

coverage  and  reimbursement  policies  with  respect  to  our  product  and  product  candidates,  including  the  degree  to  which  procedures  using  our 
products are covered and receive adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, and potential future drugs or devices that compete with our 
products;

the costs of manufacturing our product, as well as building out our supply chain, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and 
which will vary significantly depending upon the terms of our agreements with manufacturers;

expenditures that we may incur to acquire, develop or commercialize additional product candidates and technologies;

the level of demand for our product and any product candidates, if approved or cleared, which may vary significantly over time;

litigation, including patent, employment, securities class action, stockholder derivative, general commercial, and other lawsuits;

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

the timing and success or failure of nonclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates or competing product candidates, or any other 
change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, 
comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our 
future performance.

This  variability  and  unpredictability  could  also  result  in  our  failing  to  meet  the  expectations  of  industry  or  financial  analysts  or  investors  for  any 
period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the 
forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a 
stock price decline could occur even when we have met our previously publicly stated revenue or earnings guidance.

Because  we  operate  in  a  highly  competitive  market,  we  can  expect  to  face  competition  from  large,  well-established  manufacturers  of  medical 

technologies, devices and similar products; we may not be able to compete effectively against companies with significantly more resources.

The  medical  technology,  medical  device,  biotechnology,  and  pharmaceutical  industries  are  characterized  by  intense  and  dynamic  competition  to 
develop new technologies and proprietary therapies. We face competition from a number of sources, such as pharmaceutical companies, medical device 
companies,  generic  drug  companies,  biotechnology  companies,  and  academic  and  research  institutions.  We  may  find  ourselves  in  competition  with 
companies that have competitive advantages over us, such as: 

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

significantly greater name recognition;

established relationships with healthcare professionals, customers, and third-party payers;

competitive products with greater efficacy or better safety profiles;

established distribution networks;

additional lines of products and the ability to offer rebates, higher discounts, or incentives to gain a competitive advantage; 

greater experience in obtaining patents and regulatory approvals for product candidates;

greater  experience  conducting  new  product  research  and  development,  manufacturing  therapies,  conducting  clinical  trials,  obtaining  regulatory 
approval for products, and marketing approved products; and

greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing.

We  may  also  face  increased  competition  in  the  future  as  new  companies  enter  our  markets  and  as  scientific  developments  surrounding  electro-
signaling therapeutics continue to accelerate. While we will seek to expand our technological capabilities to remain competitive, research and development 
by others may render our technology or product candidates obsolete or noncompetitive or result in treatments or cures superior to any therapy developed by 
us. In addition, certain of our product candidates may compete with other dermatological products, including over the counter (“OTC”) treatments, for a 
share of some patients’ discretionary budgets and for physicians’ attention within their clinical practices. Even if a generic product or an OTC product is 
less  effective  than  our  product  candidates,  a  less  effective  generic  or  OTC  product  may  be  more  quickly  adopted  by  physicians  and  patients  than  our 
competing product candidates based upon cost or convenience. As a result, we may not be able to compete effectively against current and potential future 
competitors or their devices and products.  

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We  may  rely  on  third  parties  for  our  sales,  marketing,  manufacturing,  and/or  distribution  activities,  and  these  third  parties  may  not  perform 

satisfactorily.

To  be  able  to  commercialize  our  products  and  planned  products,  we  may  elect  to  internally  develop  aspects  of  sales,  marketing,  large-scale 
manufacturing, or distribution, or we may elect to use third parties with respect to one or more of these functions. Our reliance on these third parties may 
reduce our control over these functions; however, reliance on third parties does not relieve us of our responsibility to ensure compliance with all required 
legal, regulatory, and scientific standards. These third parties may also be adversely impacted by COVID-19 which could affect their ability to perform 
satisfactorily. Any failure of these third parties to perform satisfactorily and in compliance with relevant laws and regulations could lead to delays in the 
development of our products or planned products, including delays in our clinical trials, or failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals, or failure to 
successfully commercialize our products or other future products. Some of these events could be the basis for FDA or other regulatory action, including 
injunction, recall, seizure, or total or partial suspension of production. 

We  have  recently  commenced  revenue-producing  operations;  however,  we  may  be  unsuccessful  in  earning  significant  revenues.  We  believe  that 
developing  the  commercialization  aspects  of  a  company  will  take  a  substantial  amount  of  capital  and  commitment  of  time  and  effort.  We  may  seek 
development  and  marketing  partners  and  license  our  technology  to  others  in  order  to  avoid  our  having  to  provide  the  marketing,  manufacturing,  and 
distribution capabilities within our organization. There can be no assurance that we will find any development and marketing partners or companies that are 
interested in licensing our technology. If we are unable to establish and maintain adequate sales, marketing, manufacturing, and distribution capabilities, 
independently or with others, we will not be able to generate product revenue, and may not become profitable.  

If  we  lose  key  management  personnel,  our  ability  to  identify,  develop  and  commercialize  new  or  next  generation  product  candidates  will  be 

impaired, could result in loss of markets or market share and could make us less competitive.

We are highly dependent upon the principal members of our management team, including our Chief Executive Officer, Darrin Uecker, and members 
of our finance, sales, marketing, scientific, and engineering teams. These persons have significant experience and knowledge with sub-microsecond pulsed 
electric fields and more broadly in aesthetics, dermatology, life sciences, and medical technologies. The loss of any team member could impair our ability 
to design, identify, and develop new intellectual property and new scientific or product ideas. The loss of a key employee, the failure of a key employee to 
perform in his or her current position, or our inability to attract and retain skilled employees could result in our inability to continue to grow our business or 
to  implement  our  business  strategy.  We  compete  for  qualified  management  and  scientific  personnel  with  other  life  science  companies,  academic 
institutions, and research institutions. Our employees could leave our Company with little or no prior notice. They are free to work for a competitor. If one 
or more of our senior executives or other key personnel were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, we may not be able to replace them 
easily  or  at  all,  and  other  senior  management  may  be  required  to  divert  attention  from  other  aspects  of  the  business.  In  addition,  we  do  not  have  “key 
person” life insurance policies covering any member of our management team or other key personnel. The loss of any of these individuals or any inability 
to  attract  or  retain  qualified  personnel,  including  scientists,  engineers,  and  others,  could  prevent  us  from  pursuing  collaborations  and  materially  and 
adversely affect our product development and introductions, business growth prospects, results of operations, and financial condition.  

There is a limited talent pool of experienced professionals in our industry. If we are not able to retain and recruit personnel with the requisite 

technical skills, we may be unable to successfully execute our business strategy.

The  specialized  nature  of  our  industry  results  in  an  inherent  scarcity  of  experienced  personnel  in  the  field.  Our  future  success  depends  upon  our 
ability  to  attract  and  retain  highly  skilled  personnel,  including  scientific,  technical,  commercial,  business,  regulatory,  and  administrative  personnel, 
necessary to support our anticipated growth, develop our business and perform certain contractual obligations. Given the scarcity of professionals with the 
scientific  knowledge  we  require  and  the  intense  competition  that  exists  for  qualified  personnel  among  life  science  businesses,  we  may  not  succeed  in 
attracting or retaining the personnel we require to continue and grow our operations.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We have very limited experience selling the CellFX System.

Successfully commercializing medical devices such as ours is a complex and uncertain process. We began marketing and selling the CellFX System 
in the United States, Canada, and certain limited European markets in late 2021 to dermatologists through a limited direct sales force. In January 2022, we 
established an operating company in the Netherlands to further enhance our operations in Europe. As of December 31, 2021, our U.S. sales force consisted 
of  7  sales  managers  and  directors  and  3  clinical  support  specialists  directly  employed  by  us.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  our  international  sales  force 
consisted of 3 sales managers and directors and 7 clinical support specialists, all of whom are employed by Globalization Partners, a third-party employer 
of  record  engaged  by  us.  We  therefore  have  limited  experience  marketing  and  selling  the  CellFX  System  and  our  revenues  and  cash  flows  have  been 
volatile and difficult to predict.

We hire and train sales representatives and clinical specialists with backgrounds and experience in the aesthetic dermatology market, especially those 
familiar with energy-based therapies and who have existing relationships with dermatologist. However, we expect that our sales force will require lead time 
in the field to grow their network of accounts and achieve the productivity levels we expect them to reach in any individual territory. Furthermore, the use 
of our product will often require or benefit from direct support from us. 

Our commercialization efforts depend on the efforts of our management and sales team, our third-party manufacturers and suppliers, physicians and 

medical clinics, and general economic conditions, among other factors, including the following:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

the effectiveness of our marketing and sales efforts in the United States and internationally;

our success in educating physicians and patients about the benefits, administration and use of our products;

the acceptance by physicians and patients of the safety and effectiveness of our products;

the availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety, and relative efficacy of alternative and competing therapies;

our ability to obtain, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property rights in and to our CellFX System;

our ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms, or at all, if needed to support the commercialization of our products; and

our ability to achieve and maintain compliance with all regulatory requirements applicable to our products.

Our intention is for our direct sales representatives to develop long-lasting relationships with the dermatologists they serve. Our future success will 
depend  largely  on  our  ability  to  continue  to  hire,  train,  retain  and  motivate  skilled  direct  sales  representatives  with  significant  technical  knowledge  in 
various areas, such as dermatology and ablation technologies. New hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity. If we fail to train new 
hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, we cannot be certain that new hires will become as productive as may be 
necessary to maintain or increase our sales. Also, if our direct sales representatives or third-party distributors fail to adequately promote, market and sell 
our products or decide to leave or cease to do business with us, our sales could significantly decrease or grow at a rate too slow to become profitable. In 
addition, our future sales will largely depend on our ability to increase our marketing efforts and adequately address our customers’ needs. If we are unable 
to adequately address our customers’ needs, it could negatively impact sales and market acceptance of our products, and we may not generate sufficient 
revenue  to  become  profitable.  If  we  are  unable  to  expand  our  sales  and  marketing  capabilities  domestically  and  internationally,  we  may  not  be  able  to 
effectively commercialize our products, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Rapidly changing technology in life sciences could make the products we are developing obsolete.  

The life sciences industries are characterized by rapid and significant technological changes, frequent new product introductions and enhancements, 
and evolving industry standards. Our future success will depend on our ability to continually develop and then improve the products that we design and to 
develop and introduce new products that address the evolving needs of our customers on a timely and cost-effective basis. Also, we will need to pursue 
new market opportunities that develop as a result of technological and scientific advances. These new market opportunities may be outside the scope of our 
proven expertise or in areas which have unproven market demand. Any new products developed by us may not be accepted in the intended markets. Our 
inability to gain market acceptance of new products could harm our future operating results.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

If we are unable to manage the anticipated growth of our business, our future revenue and operating results may be harmed. 

We have experienced rapid growth in our business. Recent and future growth imposes significant added responsibilities on management, including 
the need to identify, recruit, train, and integrate additional employees. Rapid expansion in personnel could mean that fewer experienced people carry out 
our  research  and  development  activities,  manufacture,  market,  and  sell  CellFX  Systems  and  NPS  therapies  and  procedures,  which  could  result  in 
inefficiencies  and  unanticipated  costs,  reduced  quality,  and  disruptions  to  our  operations.  In  addition,  rapid  and  significant  growth  may  strain  our 
administrative and operational infrastructure, and the failure to continue to upgrade our technical, administrative, operating, and financial control systems, 
or  the  occurrence  of  other  unexpected  expansion  difficulties,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations, and our ability to timely execute our business plan. We may be unable to maintain the quality of, or delivery timelines of, our products or satisfy 
worldwide customer demand as it grows. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and 
management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures. We may implement new enterprise software systems in a number of areas affecting 
a  broad  range  of  business  processes  and  functional  areas.  The  time  and  resources  required  to  implement  these  new  systems  is  uncertain  and  failure  to 
complete this in a timely and efficient manner could harm our business.  We cannot guarantee that any of the personnel, systems, procedures, and controls 
we put in place will be adequate to support the manufacture and distribution of our products. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, it may be 
difficult for us to execute our business strategy and our business could be harmed.

We must successfully educate and train dermatologists and their staff on the proper use of the CellFX System.

Although most dermatologists may have adequate knowledge on how to use our novel CellFX System based on their clinical training and experience, 
we  believe  that  the  most  effective  way  to  introduce  and  build  market  demand  for  our  products  is  by  directly  training  dermatologists  in  the  use  of  our 
products. Convincing dermatologists to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training is challenging, and we cannot assure you that we will 
succeed in these efforts. If dermatologists are not properly trained, they may not use our products and, as a result, we may not maintain or grow our sales or 
achieve  or  sustain  profitability.  If  dermatologists  are  not  properly  trained,  they  may  also  misuse  or  ineffectively  use  our  products,  which  may  result  in 
unsatisfactory  patient  outcomes,  patient  injury,  negative  publicity,  or  lawsuits  against  us,  any  of  which  could  have  a  significant  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, our strategy includes educating key opinion leaders in the industry. If these key opinion leaders determine that alternative technologies 
are more effective or that the benefits offered by our products are not sufficient to justify their higher cost, or if we encounter difficulty promoting adoption 
or establishing these systems as a standard of care, our ability to achieve market acceptance of the products we introduce could be significantly limited.

Although we believe our training methods for dermatologists are conducted in compliance with FDA and other applicable regulations developed both 
nationally  and  in  other  countries,  if  the  FDA  or  other  regulatory  agency  determines  that  our  training  constitutes  promotion  of  an  unapproved  use  or 
promotion of an intended purpose not covered by the CE mark affixed to our products or FDA approved labeling, they could request that we modify our 
training or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine, or criminal penalty.

Our results of operations could be materially harmed if we are unable to accurately forecast customer demand for our products and manage our 

inventory.

To ensure adequate inventory supply, we must forecast inventory needs and place orders with suppliers based on our estimates of future demand for 
our products. Our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products could be negatively affected by many factors, including our failure to adequately 
manage our expansion efforts, product introductions by competitors, an increase or decrease in customer demand for our products or for products of our 
competitors, our failure to accurately forecast customer acceptance of new product enhancements, unanticipated changes in general market conditions or 
regulatory matters, and weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions.

Inventory  levels  in  excess  of  customer  demand  may  result  in  inventory  write-downs  or  write-offs,  which  would  cause  our  gross  margin  to  be 
adversely affected and could impair the strength of our brand. Similarly, a portion of our inventory could become obsolete or expire, which could have a 
material and adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with inventory impairment charges and costs required to 
replace obsolete inventory. Any of these occurrences could negatively impact our financial performance.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Conversely,  if  we  underestimate  customer  demand  for  our  products,  we  may  not  be  able  to  deliver  sufficient  products  to  meet  our  customers’ 
requirements, which could result in damage to our reputation and customer relationships. In addition, if we experience a significant increase in demand, 
additional supplies of raw materials or additional manufacturing capacity may not be available when required on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, or 
suppliers or our third-party manufacturers may not be able to allocate sufficient resources to meet our increased requirements, which could have an adverse 
effect on our ability to meet customer demand for our products and our results of operations.

We have limited experience in manufacturing our products in large-scale commercial quantities and we may face manufacturing risks that may 

adversely affect our ability to manufacture products and could reduce our gross margins and negatively affect our business and operating results.

Our  success  depends,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  manufacture  our  current  and  future  products  in  sufficient  quantities  and  on  a  timely  basis  to meet 
demand, while adhering to product quality standards, complying with regulatory quality system requirements, and managing manufacturing costs. We have 
a  manufacturing  facility  located  in  Hayward,  California  where  we  produce,  package  and  warehouse  the  CellFX  System.  We  also  rely  on  third-party 
manufacturers  for  production  of  some  of  the  components  used  in  the  CellFX  System.  If  our  facility,  or  the  facilities  of  our  third-party  contract 
manufacturers, suffer damage, or a force majeure event, this could materially impact our ability to operate.

We are also subject to other risks relating to our manufacturing capabilities, including:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

quality and reliability of components, sub-assemblies and materials that we source from third-party suppliers, who are required to meet our quality 
specifications, some of whom are our single-source suppliers for the products they supply;

failure to secure raw materials, components and materials in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities or on commercially reasonable terms;

inability to secure raw materials, components and materials of sufficient quality to meet the exacting needs of medical device manufacturing;

failure to maintain compliance with quality system requirements or pass regulatory quality inspections;

inability to increase production capacity or volumes to meet demand; and

inability to design or modify production processes to enable us to produce future products efficiently or implement changes in current products in 
response to design or regulatory requirements.

Certain  parts  used  in  the  manufacturing  of  our  equipment  may  experience  shortages  in  global  supply  which  could  impact  our  ability  to 

manufacture our device for customers or maintain research and development timelines.

There  are  several  component  parts  used  in  the  manufacture  of  our  device  that  are  used  by  many  manufacturers  in  a  variety  of  products.  We  will 
compete with other manufacturers for the supply of these components. Additionally, certain parts that are currently in our design may be discontinued by 
our suppliers requiring us to find alternative parts. This issue may require us to change the design of our device or purchase significant inventories of these 
parts in order to protect against manufacturing delays. We may not be able to procure alternative components or adequate raw material inventories which 
would result in an inability to produce our device.

As our international sales and operations grow, we could become increasingly subject to additional economic, political, and other risks that could 

harm our business.

We  have  sales  and  operations  both  inside  and  outside  the  United  States,  including  a  limited  sales  and  marketing  organization  outside  the  United 
States.  Our  short-term  international  sales  strategy  is  to  increase  our  presence  in  Europe  and  Canada.  To  successfully  market  and  sell  our  products  in 
markets outside of the United States, we must address many international business risks with which we have limited experience, and failure to manage 
these risks may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. These risks include:

(cid:0)

the impact of recessions and other economic conditions in economies, including impact of COVID-19 pandemic, outside the United States;

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

instability of foreign economic, political and labor conditions;

unfavorable labor regulations applicable to our European operations, such as severance and the unenforceability of non-competition agreements in 
the European Union;

difficulties in complying with restrictions imposed by regulatory or market requirements, tariffs, or other trade barriers or by U.S. export laws;

potentially adverse tax consequences, including, if required or applicable, difficulties transferring funds generated in non-U.S. jurisdictions to the 
United States in a tax efficient manner;

difficulties in protecting intellectual property, especially in international jurisdictions;

foreign certification and regulatory clearance or approval requirements;

difficulties in developing effective marketing campaigns in unfamiliar foreign countries;

customs clearance and shipping delays;

difficulties in managing international operations; and

burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate and address these and any new risks. We cannot guarantee that these or other factors will not 

adversely affect our business or operating results.

We  could  be  negatively  impacted  by  actual  or  perceived  violations  of  applicable  anti-corruption  law  or  our  own  internal  policies  designed  to 

ensure ethical business practices.

We are subject to anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and anti-money laundering laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or FCPA, 
and  similar  anti-bribery  laws  in  non-U.S.  jurisdictions,  as  well  as  export  control  laws,  customs  laws,  sanctions  laws  and  other  laws  governing  our 
operations.  As  we  grow  our  international  presence  and  global  operations,  we  will  be  increasingly  exposed  to  trade  and  economic  sanctions  and  other 
restrictions imposed by the United States, the European Union, and other governments and organizations. 

Anti-corruption laws, such as the FCPA and the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act, generally prohibit us and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, 
being  bribed  or  making  other  prohibited  payments  to  government  officials  or  other  persons  to  obtain  or  retain  business  or  gain  some  other  business 
advantage.  The  FCPA  also  imposes  accounting  standards  and  requirements  on  publicly  traded  U.S.  corporations  and  their  foreign  affiliates,  which  are 
intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments. Numerous other laws restrict, and in some 
cases prohibit, U.S. companies from directly or indirectly selling goods, technology or services to people or entities in certain countries. In addition, these 
laws require that we exercise care in structuring our sales and marketing practices and effecting product registrations in foreign countries. Compliance with 
these regulations is costly. 

We participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under these anti-corruption 
laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope, or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or 
the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.  Although we have implemented company policies requiring our employees and 
consultants to comply with the FCPA and similar laws, such policies may not be effective at preventing all potential FCPA or other violations. There can be 
no assurance that none of our employees and agents, or those companies to which we outsource certain portions of our business operations, will not take 
actions that violate our policies or applicable laws, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. Our development of infrastructure designed to identify 
anti-corruption matters and monitor compliance is at an early stage. If we are not in compliance with these laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil 
penalties,  disgorgement  and  other  sanctions  and  remedial  measures,  and  legal  expenses,  which  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial 
condition, results of operations, and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of these laws by respective government bodies could 
also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We are subject to laws and regulations relating to personally identifiable health information, and other sensitive information. Security breaches, 
loss of data and other disruptions to us or our third-party service providers could compromise sensitive information related to our business or prevent 
us from accessing critical information and expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation. 

In the ordinary course of our business, both we and our third-party service providers may collect and store sensitive data, including legally protected 
health  information,  personally  identifiable  information  about  our  patients,  information  related  to  our  trials,  intellectual  property,  and  our  proprietary 
business and financial information. We manage and maintain our applications and data using a combination of on-site and vendor-owned systems. We face 
a  number  of  risks  related  to  our  protection  of,  and  our  service  providers’  protection  of,  this  critical  information,  including  loss  of  access  to  data,  data 
corruption, unauthorized disclosure of data, and unauthorized access of data, as well as risks associated with our ability to identify and audit such events. 

Although we take measures to protect sensitive information from unauthorized access or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure, or 
those  of  our  vendors,  may  be  vulnerable  to  attacks  by  hackers  or  viruses  or  otherwise  breached  due  to  employee  error,  malfeasance  or  other  activities. 
While we believe we have not experienced any such attack or breach, both we and our vendors may be unable to anticipate attacks, to implement adequate 
preventative or mitigation measures, to identify any attacks or incidents on a timely basis, or to remediate or otherwise address any attacks or incidents in a 
timely manner. If any such attack or other incident were to occur, our systems and networks would be compromised and the information we store on those 
systems and networks could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost, or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information 
could result in a loss of intellectual property protection, legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, 
such  as  the  federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996  (“HIPAA”),  as  amended  by  the  Health  Information  Technology  for 
Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (“HITECH”), and the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”), or regulatory penalties, and could 
require substantial efforts to remediate and otherwise respond to the incident. The CCPA requires covered companies to, among other things, make certain 
enhanced disclosures related to California residents regarding our use or disclosure of their personal information, allow California residents to opt out of 
certain  uses  and  disclosures  of  their  personal  information  without  penalty,  provide  Californians  with  other  choices  related  to  personal  data  in  our 
possession, and obtain opt-in consent before engaging in certain uses of personal information relating to Californians under the age of 16. The California 
Attorney General may seek substantial monetary penalties and injunctive relief in the event of our noncompliance with the CCPA. The CCPA also allows 
for private lawsuits from Californians in the event of certain data breaches. Certain aspects of the CCPA and its interpretation remain uncertain, and we 
may need to modify our policies or practices in an effort to comply with it. Moreover, in November 2020, California voters approved a new privacy law, 
the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which significantly modifies the CCPA, resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional 
costs and expenses in an effort to comply. Most of the substantive provisions of the CPRA will not take effect until January 2023, however. 

Unauthorized  access,  loss  or  dissemination  of  data  could  also  disrupt  our  operations,  including  our  ability  to  process  tests,  provide  test  results, 
provide services, conduct research and development activities, collect, process and prepare company financial information, provide information about our 
product  candidates  and  manage  the  administrative  aspects  of  our  business  and  could  damage  our  reputation,  any  of  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
business. We cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for data handling or data security liabilities actually incurred, that insurance 
will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any future claim will not be excluded or otherwise be denied coverage 
by any insurer. The successful assertion of one or more claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our 
insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, including our financial condition, operating results and reputation.

In  addition,  the  interpretation  and  application  of  federal  and  state  consumer,  health-related  and  data  protection  laws  in  the  United  States  and 
internationally are often uncertain, contradictory and in flux. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is, or alleged to 
be, inconsistent with our practices. If so, this could result in regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, private litigation, claims for damages, and 
government-imposed  fines  or  orders  requiring  that  we  change  our  practices,  any  of  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business.  Complying  with  these 
various  laws  could  cause  us  to  incur  substantial  costs  or  require  us  to  change  our  business  practices,  systems  and  compliance  procedures  in  a  manner 
adverse to our business. 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We are subject to environmental regulations and any failure to comply with applicable laws could subject us to significant liabilities and harm 

our business.

We  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  local,  state,  federal,  and  foreign  government  regulations  relating  to  the  storage,  discharge,  handling,  emission, 
generation, manufacture, and disposal of toxic or other hazardous substances used in the manufacture of our products. The failure to comply with past, 
present or future laws could result in the imposition of fines, third-party property damage and personal injury claims, investigation and remediation costs, 
the suspension of production, or a cessation of operations. We also expect that our operations will be affected by other new environmental and health and 
safety laws on an ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws, they will likely result in additional costs, and may 
require us to change how we manufacture our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may fail to meet expectations relating to environmental, social and governance factors.

Market  participants,  including  investors,  analysts,  customers,  and  other  key  stakeholders  are  increasingly  focused  on  environmental,  social  and 
governance  (“ESG”)  factors.  We  have  never  had  a  comprehensive  ESG  initiative  at  the  Company.  Moreover,  the  ESG  factors  by  which  companies’ 
corporate  responsibility  practices  are  assessed  differ  among  market  participants,  are  constantly  evolving  and  could  result  in  greater  expectations  of  us 
and/or  cause  us  to  undertake  costly  initiatives  to  satisfy  such  new  criteria.  We  risk  damage  to  our  brand  and  reputation  if  our  corporate  responsibility 
procedures  or  standards  do  not  meet  the  standards  expected  by  us.  Furthermore,  we  could  fail,  or  be  perceived  to  fail,  in  our  achievement  of  any  ESG 
initiatives  or  goals  we  may  establish  in  the  future  and  we  could  also  be  criticized  for  the  scope  of  such  initiatives  or  goals.  If  we  fail  to  satisfy  the 
expectations of investors and other key stakeholders or our initiatives are not executed as planned, our reputation and financial results could be materially 
and adversely affected.

Product  liability  lawsuits  against  us  could  cause  us  to  incur  substantial  liabilities  and  limit  commercialization  of  our  product  or  any  future 

products that we may develop. 

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the sale of our product and the future sale of planned products and the use of these in 
human clinical studies. For example, we may be sued if our product or any of our product candidates, including any that are developed in combination 
therapies,  allegedly  causes  injury,  or  is  found  to  be  otherwise  unsuitable  during  product  testing,  manufacturing,  marketing,  or  sale.  Any  such  product 
liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict 
liability,  or  a  breach  of  warranties.  We  may  also  be  subject  to  liability  for  a  misunderstanding  of,  or  inappropriate  reliance  upon,  the  information  we 
provide. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product or planned products caused injuries, we may incur substantial liabilities. 
Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in, among other things: 

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

decreased demand for our product or any planned products that we may develop;

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

(cid:0) withdrawal of patients from our clinical studies or cancellation of studies;

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

significant costs to defend the related litigation and distraction to our management team;

substantial monetary awards to patients;

loss of revenue; and

the inability to commercialize any future products that we may develop.

For example, during the course of treatment, patients may suffer adverse events for reasons that may or may not be related to the CellFX System or 
our NPS technology. Such events could subject us to costly litigation, require us to pay substantial amounts of money to injured patients, delay, negatively 
impact,  or  end  our  opportunity  to  receive  or  maintain  regulatory  approval  to  market  those  products,  or  require  us  to  suspend  or  abandon  our 
commercialization efforts. Even in a circumstance in which we do not believe that an adverse event is related to our product, the investigation into the 
circumstance  may  be  time  consuming  or  inconclusive.  These  investigations  may  interrupt  our  sales  efforts,  delay  our  regulatory  approval  processes,  or 
impact  and  limit  the  type  of  regulatory  approvals  our  products  could  receive  or  maintain.  As  a  result  of  these  factors,  a  product  liability  claim,  even  if 
successfully defended, could harm our business. 

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We currently maintain product liability insurance coverage, which may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. Insurance coverage 
is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may 
arise. 

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited. 

We  have  incurred  net  losses  since  our  inception  and  anticipate  that  we  may  continue  to  incur  significant  losses  for  the  foreseeable  future.  If  not 
utilized, some of our federal and state net operating losses (“NOLs”) carryforwards will begin to expire in various years beginning after 2034. Under the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and certain similar state tax provisions, we are generally allowed to carry forward our NOLs 
from a prior taxable year to offset our future taxable income, if any, until such NOLs are used or expire, subject to certain limitations. The same is true of 
other unused tax attributes, such as tax credits. 

In addition, under Section 382 of the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its 
pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. We believe that we have had one or more ownership changes, and, as a result, a portion of our existing 
NOLs may be subject to limitation. Future changes in our stock ownership could result in additional limitations. We may not be able to utilize a material 
portion of our NOLs even if we attain profitability. 

We have a substantial amount of goodwill and intangible assets which over time may have to be written down as we make the required periodic 

assessments as to their value as reflected in our financial statements.  

A  significant  portion  of  our  total  assets  are  comprised  of  goodwill  and  intangibles  that  arose  from  our  2014  business  acquisitions.  We  review 
goodwill for impairment at least annually or whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the goodwill may not be recoverable. 
We also review our intangible assets for impairment at each fiscal year end or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these 
assets may exceed their current fair values. If we take an impairment charge for either goodwill or intangible assets, the overall assets will be reduced. Such 
an impairment charge may result in a change in the perceived value of the Company and ultimately may be reflected as a reduction in the market price of 
our securities. Additionally, an impairment charge may also adversely influence our ability to raise capital in the future. 

Risks Related to Product Development 

Clinical development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be 

predictive of future trial results.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure or delay can occur at any time 
during the clinical trial process. For example, success in nonclinical studies and early feasibility clinical studies does not ensure that the expanded clinical 
trials needed to support regulatory submissions will be successful. Setbacks can be caused by, among other things, nonclinical findings made while clinical 
trials are underway, safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events, or post-approval observations. 
Even if our clinical trials are completed, the results may not be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval or clearance for our product candidates or to expand 
the existing approvals or clearances for our existing products.

Our  long-term  growth  depends  on  our  ability  to  commercialize  our  products  in  development  and  to  develop  and  commercialize  additional 

products through our research and development efforts, and if we fail to do so we may be unable to compete effectively.

The medical device industry is characterized by intense competition, rapid technological changes, new product introductions and enhancements, and 
evolving industry standards. Our business prospects depend in part on our ability to develop and commercialize new products and applications for our NPS 
technology,  including  in  new  markets  that  develop  as  a  result  of  technological  and  scientific  advances,  while  improving  the  performance  and  cost-
effectiveness of our products in the dermatology market. New technologies, techniques or products could emerge that might offer better combinations of 
price and performance than our products. It is important that we anticipate changes in technology and market demand, as well as physician, hospital, and 
healthcare provider practices to successfully develop, obtain clearance or approval, if required, and successfully introduce new, enhanced and competitive 
technologies to meet our prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-effective basis.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We might be unable to successfully commercialize our current products with domestic or international regulatory clearances or approvals or develop 
or  obtain  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals  to  market  new  products.  Additionally,  these  products  and  any  future  products  might  not  be  accepted  by 
dermatologists  or  other  health  care  workers  or  the  third-party  payors  who  reimburse  for  the  procedures  performed  with  our  products  or  may  not  be 
successfully commercialized due to other factors. The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on numerous 
factors, including our ability to:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

properly identify and anticipate clinician and patient needs;

develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;

adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties;

demonstrate the safety and efficacy of new products; and

obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for new products or product enhancements.

If we do not develop and obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand, or if 
there is insufficient demand for these products or enhancements, our results of operations will suffer. Our research and development efforts may require a 
substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a new product, technology, material, or 
other innovation. In addition, even if we are able to develop enhancements or new generations of our products successfully, these enhancements or new 
generations of products may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer 
preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or features.

Interim “top-line” and preliminary results from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient 

data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publish interim top-line or preliminary results from our clinical trials. Interim results from clinical trials that we may 
announce are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data 
become available. Preliminary or top-line results also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially 
different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, interim and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are 
available. Differences between preliminary or interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects and may cause the trading price of 
our common stock to fluctuate significantly.

If we fail to maintain necessary regulatory clearance for our product, or if clearances or approvals for future devices and indications are delayed 

or not issued, our commercial operations would be harmed.

Our  product  candidates  under  development  are  medical  devices  that  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  the  FDA  in  the  United  States  and  by 
regulatory  agencies  in  other  countries  where  we  do  business.  Government  regulations  specific  to  medical  devices  are  wide-ranging  and  govern,  among 
other things:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

device design, development and manufacture;

laboratory, preclinical and clinical testing, labeling, packaging, and storage;

premarketing clearance or approval;

record keeping;

device marketing, promotion and advertising, sales and distribution; and 

post-marketing surveillance, including reporting of deaths and serious injuries and recalls and correction and removals.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Before a new medical device, or a new intended use for an existing device, can be marketed in the United States, the device’s manufacturer must first 
submit and receive either 510(k) clearance or Premarket Approval (“PMA”) from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k)-clearance process, 
the FDA will determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect 
to intended use, technology and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support 
substantial equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate reasonable safety and effectiveness of the device based on extensive data, 
including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing, and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that 
are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting, or implantable devices. Products that are approved through a PMA application 
generally need FDA approval before they can be modified. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 
510(k). Either process can be expensive, lengthy and unpredictable.  

In  February  2021,  we  received  a  510(k)  clearance  from  the  FDA  for  the  CellFX  System  for  dermatologic  procedures  requiring  ablation  and 
resurfacing of the skin. We plan to pursue specific indications for the CellFX System, starting with an indication for the treatment of SH lesions, requiring 
additional  510(k)  submissions  for  each  indication,  and  will  likely  be  based  on  comparative  clinical  data.  In  February  2022,  we  received  an  Additional 
Information  (“AI”)  letter  from  the  FDA  in  response  to  a  510(k)  submission  to  the  FDA  to  add  the  specific  indication  for  the  treatment  of  sebaceous 
hyperplasia to expand the CellFX System’s current labeling. In the AI letter, the FDA stated it did not believe the Company provided sufficient clinical 
evidence at this time to support the expanded indication for use, and that the Company had not met the primary endpoints of the sebaceous hyperplasia 
FDA-approved IDE study. The Company anticipates meeting with the FDA to discuss the contents of the AI letter and potential next steps, which may 
require additional clinical data and potentially a new 510(k) submission. 

Any failure to obtain further 510(k) clearances may add significant time and expense to our regulatory clearance process, may delay our ability to 
generate revenue, and may have a negative impact on our stock price. We may not be able to obtain the necessary clearances or approvals necessary to 
market the CellFX System for specific indications or such approvals or clearances may be unduly delayed, which could harm our business. If the FDA 
rejects  our  510(k)  submissions  for  specific  indications,  we  may  be  required  to  obtain  FDA  approval  through  the  de  novo  pathway,  which  will  require 
additional time and resources, including the need to conduct more clinical studies to demonstrate safety and effectiveness of our candidate device. 

The FDA may not approve or clear our 510(k), de novo, or PMA applications on a timely basis or at all. Such delays or refusals could have a material 
adverse  effect  on  our  business  operations  and  financial  condition.  The  FDA  may  also  change  its  clearance  and  approval  policies,  adopt  additional 
regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other action which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development. Any of 
these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial condition.

The FDA and the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) also regulate the advertising and promotion of our devices to ensure that the claims we 
make  are  consistent  with  our  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals,  that  there  are  adequate  and  reasonable  data  to  substantiate  the  claims  and  that  our 
promotional  labeling  and  advertising  is  neither  false  nor  misleading  in  any  respect.  If  the  FDA  or  the  FTC  determines  that  any  of  our  advertising  or 
promotional claims are misleading, not substantiated or not permissible, we may be subject to enforcement actions, including FDA warning letters, and we 
may be required to revise our promotional claims and make other corrections or restitutions.

FDA and state authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement 

action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions, among others:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

adverse publicity, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;

obligations to repair, replace, refund, or recall our marketed devices, or government seizure of them;

operating restrictions, partial suspension, or total shutdown of production;

refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new devices, new intended uses or modifications to existing devices;

(cid:0) withdrawing 510(k) clearance or premarket approvals that have already been granted; and

(cid:0)

criminal prosecution.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

If any of these events were to occur, our business and financial condition would be harmed.

The mechanism of action of NPS technology platform has not been fully determined or validated. 

The  exact  mechanism(s)  of  action(s)  of  the  NPS  technology  platform  is  not  fully  understood,  and  data  are  still  being  gathered  regarding  its  use. 
Furthermore, there are only a relatively small number of scientists and researchers who can be considered experts in the use of this emerging technology. 
Insofar as potential regulators, partners or investors value a clear understanding of a technology’s mechanism of action, this limitation could make it more 
challenging for us to obtain requisite regulatory approvals, investments or a partnership on favorable terms as a result.

Our product and any future product candidates may cause serious adverse side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their 

regulatory approval, limit their commercial desirability or result in significant negative consequences.

The risk of failure of clinical development is high. For example, the vast majority of our in vivo data has been a result of animal testing, and we have 
only completed a limited number of feasibility studies in humans. Undesirable side effects caused by the CellFX System, NPS pulses, or any of our planned 
future  products  could  cause  us  or  regulatory  authorities  to  interrupt,  delay  or  halt  clinical  trials  or  to  revoke  previously  granted  regulatory  approvals. 
Undesirable side effects could also result in more restrictive labeling requirements or the delay or denial of regulatory approval of planned future products 
by the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authority.  

Additionally,  if  we  or  others  identify  undesirable  side  effects  caused  by  the  CellFX  System,  a  number  of  potentially  significant  negative 

consequences could result, including:

(cid:0) we may be forced to recall such product and suspend the marketing of such product;

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approvals of such product;

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label and/or narrow the indication of use for the product which could diminish the 
usage or otherwise limit the commercial success of such product;

the  FDA  or  other  regulatory  authorities  may  issue  safety  alerts,  “Dear  Healthcare  Provider”  letters,  press  releases,  or  other  communications 
containing warnings about such product;

the FDA may restrict distribution of our product and impose burdensome implementation requirements on us;

(cid:0) we may be required to change the way the product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;

(cid:0) we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to subjects or patients; and

(cid:0)

our reputation could suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the CellFX System or of any future particular planned 

product, if approved.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our  business  is  dependent  upon  physicians  adopting  the  CellFX  System  and  NPS  technology,  and  if  we  fail  to  obtain  broad  adoption,  our 

business would be adversely affected. 

Our  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  educate  physicians  regarding  the  benefits  of  CellFX  procedures  over  existing  treatment  modalities  and  to 
persuade them to prescribe CellFX procedures for their patients. We do not know if the CellFX System or NPS technology will be successful over the long 
term, and market acceptance may be hindered if physicians are not presented with compelling data demonstrating the efficacy and safety of our products 
compared  to  alternative  treatments.  Any  studies  we,  or  third  parties,  may  conduct  comparing  the  CellFX  System  or  NPS  technology  with  alternative 
treatments may be expensive, time consuming or may not yield positive results. Additionally, adoption will be directly influenced by a number of financial 
factors,  including  the  ability  of  providers  to  use  the  CellFX  System  profitably  and  to  attract  cash  payments  from  patients  or  to  obtain  sufficient 
reimbursement from third-party commercial payors and from the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”) for the professional services they 
provide  in  administering  CellFX  procedures.  The  efficacy,  safety,  performance,  and  cost-effectiveness  of  the  CellFX  System,  NPS  technology,  or  other 
potential  products  based  on  NPS  technology,  on  a  stand-alone  basis  and  relative  to  competing  services,  will  determine  the  availability  and  level  of 
reimbursement received by us and providers. If physicians do not adopt and prescribe the CellFX System or future products using our NPS technology, we 
may never become profitable.

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials. If we cannot enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in our 

clinical trials, we may not be able to initiate or continue them, which could delay or prevent development of our product candidates. 

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials of our product candidates is critical to our success. The timing of our clinical trials 
depends on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing our product candidates as well as completion of required follow-up periods. 
In general, if patients are unwilling to participate in our trials because of negative publicity from adverse events in the health care industry or for other 
reasons, including competitive clinical trials for similar patient populations, the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting trials and obtaining regulatory 
approval or clearance of planned products may be delayed. If there are delays in accumulating the required patients and patient data, there may be delays in 
completing the trial. Further, if any of our clinical trial sites fail to comply with required good clinical practices, we may be unable to use the data gathered 
at those sites. Also, if our clinical investigators fail to carry out their contractual duties or regulatory obligations or fail to meet expected deadlines, or if the 
quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or for other reasons, our clinical 
trials  may  be  delayed,  suspended,  or  terminated.  These  delays  could  result  in  increased  costs,  delays  in  advancing  our  product  development,  delays  in 
testing the effectiveness of our technology or termination of the clinical trials altogether, and delays in obtaining regulatory authorization for our products.

Laboratory conditions differ from commercial conditions and field conditions, and the safety and effectiveness of our product candidates may 

depend on the technique of the user. 

Observations  and  developments  that  may  be  achievable  under  laboratory  circumstances  may  not  be  able  to  be  replicated  in  broader  research  and 
development phases, in commercial settings, or in the use of any of any product or product candidates in the field. Furthermore, CellFX procedures will be 
administered  by  healthcare  professionals  and  will  require  a  degree  of  training  and  practice  to  administer  correctly.  Treatment  results  achieved  in  the 
laboratory or in clinical trials conducted by us or by other investigators may not be representative of the results actually encountered during commercial use 
of our products due to variability in administration technique. The training and skills of investigators in our clinical trials may not be representative of the 
training and skills of future product users, which could negatively affect treatment results and the reputation of the Company or its products. In addition, 
there may be a selection bias in the patients and/or sites of administration chosen for any clinical trials that would positively affect treatment results that 
may not be representative or predictive of real-world experience with our products, including the CellFX System.

Issues with our firmware and software may negatively affect the function of our devices. 

The  safety  and  effectiveness  of  CellFX  procedures  and  therapies  may  depend,  in  part,  on  the  function  of  firmware  run  by  the  microprocessors 
embedded in the device and associated software. This firmware and software is proprietary to us. While we have made efforts to test the firmware and 
software extensively, both are potentially subject to malfunction which in turn may harm patients. Further, our proprietary firmware and software may be 
vulnerable  to  physical  break-ins,  hackers,  improper  employee  or  contractor  access,  computer  viruses,  programming  errors,  data  breaches,  or  similar 
problems. Any of these might result in harm to patients or the unauthorized release of confidential medical, business or other information belonging to us 
or to other persons.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We may encounter manufacturing problems or delays that could result in lost revenue. Additionally, we currently rely on third-party suppliers for 
critical  materials  needed  to  manufacture  the  CellFX  System  and  related  applicators.  Any  problems  experienced  by  these  suppliers  could  result  in  a 
delay or interruption of their supply to us and, as a result, we may face delays in the development and commercialization of products.

We  are  in  the  process  of  commencing  commercial-scale  manufacturing  of  our  product,  and  we  currently  rely  upon  third-party  suppliers  to 
manufacture and supply components for the CellFX System. We perform final assembly of our devices at our facility in California. We believe we have an 
adequate  inventory  of  materials  and  manufacturing  capacity  to  support  all  our  anticipated  commercial  launch  activities.  However,  if  demand  for  our 
product increases significantly, we will need to either expand our manufacturing capabilities or outsource to other manufacturers. The manufacture of the 
CellFX components in compliance with the FDA’s regulations requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced 
manufacturing techniques and process controls. Manufacturers of medical device products often encounter difficulties in production, including difficulties 
with  production  costs  and  yields,  quality  control,  quality  assurance  testing,  shortages  of  qualified  personnel,  as  well  as  compliance  with  applicable 
regulations, both foreign and domestic. 

We  do  not  control  the  manufacturing  process  of,  and  are  completely  dependent  on,  our  contract  manufacturing  partners  for  compliance  with 
applicable regulatory requirements, and if our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture the components needed for our product in a manner 
that conforms to our specifications and these strict regulatory requirements, we may not be able to rely on their manufacturing facilities for the manufacture 
of our product. In addition, we have limited control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance 
and qualified personnel. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority finds these facilities inadequate for the manufacture of our components or 
if  such  facilities  are  subject  to  enforcement  action  in  the  future  or  are  otherwise  inadequate  with  respect  to  complying  with  applicable  regulatory 
requirements, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop and market our product or 
to obtain regulatory approval or clearance for our product candidates.

We currently purchase components for the CellFX System under purchase orders and do not have long-term contracts with most of the suppliers of 
these materials. If suppliers were to delay or stop producing our components, or if the prices they charge us were to increase significantly, or if they elected 
not to sell to us, we would need to identify other suppliers and we may not be able to secure alternative suppliers on favorable terms, or at all. Also, any 
number of our suppliers may be adversely impacted by COVID-19 which could affect their ability to perform satisfactorily. Any failure of these suppliers 
to perform satisfactorily could adversely impact our business and results of operations and we may experience delays in manufacturing of our devices while 
finding another acceptable supplier.

We  may  not  become  commercially  viable  if  our  ultimate  commercialized  products  or  related  treatments  fail  to  obtain  an  adequate  level  of 

reimbursement by Medicare and other third-party payers.

We  believe  that  the  commercial  viability  of  the  CellFX  System  and  any  potential  devices  and  products  and  related  treatments,  and  therefore  our 
commercial success as a company, may be affected by the availability of government reimbursement and medical insurance coverage and reimbursement 
for newly approved medical therapies, technologies, and devices. Insurance coverage and reimbursement are not assured. It typically takes a period of use 
in the marketplace before coverage and reimbursement are granted, if it is granted at all. In the United States and in many other jurisdictions, physicians 
and  other  healthcare  providers  generally  rely  on  insurance  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  their  revenues,  therefore  this  is  an  important  factor  in  the 
overall  commercialization  plans  of  a  proposed  product  and  whether  it  will  be  accepted  for  use  in  the  marketplace.  Without  insurance  coverage  and 
reimbursement for our planned products, we would expect to earn only diminished revenues, if any revenues are earned. 

Medicare,  Medicaid,  health  maintenance  organizations,  and  other  third-party  payers  are  increasingly  attempting  to  contain  healthcare  costs  by 
limiting both the scope of coverage and the level of reimbursement of new medical technologies and products. As a result, they may not cover or provide 
adequate payment for the use of the CellFX System or planned products in development. In order to obtain satisfactory reimbursement arrangements, we 
may have to agree to reduce our fee or sales price below what we currently expect to charge customers, which could adversely affect our profit margins. 
Moreover,  each  plan  may  separately  require  us  to  provide  scientific  and  clinical  support  for  the  use  of  our  products  and,  as  a  result,  the  coverage 
determination  process  is  often  a  time-consuming  and  costly  process  with  no  assurance  that  coverage  and  adequate  reimbursement  will  be  applied 
consistently or obtained at all. Even if Medicare and other third-party payers decide to cover procedures involving the CellFX System and our proposed 
devices  and  products,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  the  reimbursement  levels  will  be  adequate.  Accordingly,  even  if  these  products  are  approved  for 
commercial  sale,  unless  government  and  other  third-party  payers  provide  adequate  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  our  devices  and  products,  some 
physicians may be discouraged from using them, and our sales would suffer. 

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Medicare reimburses for medical technologies and products in a variety of ways, depending on where and how the item is used. However, Medicare 
only provides reimbursement if CMS determines that the item should be covered and that the use of the device or product is consistent with the coverage 
criteria. A coverage determination can be made at the local level by the Medicare administrative contractor, a private contractor that processes and pays 
claims  on  behalf  of  CMS  for  the  geographic  area  where  the  services  were  rendered,  or  at  the  national  level  by  CMS  through  a  national  coverage 
determination.  There  are  statutory  provisions  intended  to  facilitate  coverage  determinations  for  new  technologies,  but  it  is  unclear  how  these  new 
provisions  will  be  implemented,  and  it  is  not  possible  to  indicate  how  they  might  apply  to  the  CellFX  System  or  to  any  of  our  proposed  devices  and 
products, as they are still in the development stages. Coverage presupposes that the technology, device, or product has been cleared or approved by the 
FDA and further, that the coverage will be consistent with the approved intended uses of the device or product as approved or cleared by the FDA, but 
coverage can be narrower. A coverage determination may be so limited that relatively few patients will qualify for a covered use of a device or product. 

Obtaining a coverage determination, whether local or national, is a time-consuming, expensive and highly uncertain proposition, especially for a new 
technology, and inconsistent local determinations are possible. On average, Medicare coverage determinations for medical devices and products lag behind 
FDA approval or clearance. The Medicare statutory framework is also subject to administrative rulings, interpretations and discretion that affect the amount 
and timing of reimbursement made under Medicare. Medicaid coverage determinations and reimbursement levels are determined on a state-by-state basis, 
because Medicaid, unlike Medicare, is administered by the states under a state plan filed with the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services  (“HHS”).  Medicaid  generally  reimburses  at  lower  levels  than  Medicare.  Moreover,  Medicaid  programs  and  private  insurers  are  frequently 
influenced by Medicare coverage determinations.

We  work  with  outside  scientists  and  their  institutions  in  developing  our  product  and  product  candidates.  These  scientists  may  have  other 
commitments or conflicts of interest, which could limit our access to their expertise, harm our ability to leverage our discovery platforms, or negatively 
impact our clinical trials. 

We  work  with  scientific  advisors  and  collaborators  at  academic  research  institutions  in  connection  with  our  product  development  efforts.  These 
scientists and collaborators are not our employees, but they serve as either independent contractors or researchers under research agreements that we have 
with  their  sponsoring  clinic,  academic  institution  or  research  institution.  These  scientists  and  collaborators  may  have  other  commitments  limiting  their 
availability to us. Although our scientific advisors generally agree not to do competing work, if an actual or potential conflict of interest between their work 
for us and their work for another entity arises, we may lose their services. It is also possible that some of our valuable proprietary knowledge may become 
publicly  known  through  these  scientific  advisors  if  they  breach  their  confidentiality  agreements  with  us,  which  could  cause  competitive  harm  to  our 
business. To the extent these scientists and collaborators, including those assisting us with our clinical trials, may receive cash or equity compensation in 
connection with such services from time to time, these relationships and any related compensation may result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or 
cause a regulatory authority to conclude that the financial relationship may have affected the interpretation of the trial, such that the integrity of the data 
generated  by  them  or  by  their  institutions  may  be  questioned  and  the  utility  of  the  data  itself  may  be  jeopardized,  which  could  result  in  the  delay  or 
rejection of any marketing application we submit.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property 

If  we  are  unable  to  protect  our  intellectual  property,  then  our  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  the  value  of  our  technology  and 

products could be adversely affected.

Patents and other proprietary rights are essential to our business and our ability to compete effectively with other companies is dependent upon the 
proprietary  nature  of  our  technologies.  We  also  rely  upon  trade  secrets,  know-how,  continuing  technological  innovations,  and  licensing  opportunities  to 
develop, maintain and strengthen our competitive position. We seek to protect these, in part, through confidentiality agreements with certain employees, 
consultants and other parties. Our success will depend in part on the ability of our licensors and us to obtain, to maintain (including making periodic filings 
and payments) and to enforce patent protection for the licensed intellectual property, in particular, those patents to which we have secured rights. We may 
not successfully prosecute or continue to prosecute the patent applications which we have licensed. Even if patents are issued in respect of these patent 
applications, we may fail to maintain these patents or may determine not to pursue litigation against entities that are infringing upon these patents. Without 
adequate protection for the intellectual property that we own or license, other companies might be able to offer substantially identical products for sale, 
which could unfavorably affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects. Even if issued, patents may be challenged, invalidated, 
or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing similar products or limit the length of term of patent protection that we 
may have for our products.  

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Litigation or third-party claims of intellectual property infringement or challenges to the validity of our patents would require us to use resources 

to protect our technology and may prevent or delay our development, regulatory approval or commercialization of our product candidates. 

If we are the target of claims by any third party asserting that our products or intellectual property infringe upon the rights of others, we may be 
forced to incur substantial expenses or divert substantial employee resources from our business. If successful, such claims could result in our having to pay 
substantial damages or could prevent us from developing one or more products or product candidates. Further, if a patent infringement suit were brought 
against  us  or  our  collaborators,  we  or  they  could  be  forced  to  stop  or  delay  research,  development,  manufacturing,  or  sales  of  the  product  or  product 
candidate that is the subject of the suit. 

If we, or our collaborators, experience patent infringement claims, or if we elect to avoid potential claims others may be able to assert, we or our 
collaborators may choose to seek, or be required to seek, a license from the third party and would most likely be required to pay license fees or royalties or 
both. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we or our collaborators were able to obtain a license, the rights may be 
nonexclusive,  which  would  give  our  competitors  access  to  the  same  intellectual  property.  Ultimately,  we  could  be  prevented  from  commercializing  a 
product,  or  be  forced  to  cease  some  aspect  of  our  business  operations  if,  as  a  result  of  actual  or  threatened  patent  infringement  claims,  we  or  our 
collaborators  are  unable  to  enter  into  licenses  on  acceptable  terms.  This  could  harm  our  business  significantly.  The  cost  to  us  of  any  litigation  or  other 
proceeding,  regardless  of  its  merit,  even  if  resolved  in  our  favor,  could  be  substantial.  Some  of  our  competitors  may  be  able  to  bear  the  costs  of  such 
litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their having greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and 
continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Intellectual property 
litigation and other proceedings may, regardless of their merit, also absorb significant management time and employee resources.  

Our intellectual property rights will not necessarily provide us with competitive advantages. 

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may 

not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative: 

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

others may be able to make products that are similar to our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or 
have exclusively licensed;

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies without infringing on our intellectual property rights; 

issued  patents  that  we  own  or  have  exclusively  licensed  may  not  provide  us  with  any  competitive  advantages,  or  may  be  held  invalid  or 
unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

(cid:0) we  may  obtain  patents  for  certain  products  many  years  before  we  obtain  marketing  approval  for  products  utilizing  such  patents,  and  because 
patents have a limited life, which may begin to run prior to the commercial sale of the related product, the commercial value of our patents may be 
limited;

(cid:0)

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information 
learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

(cid:0) we may fail to develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, or we may 
fail to apply for or obtain adequate intellectual property protection in all the jurisdictions in which we operate; and 

the  patents  of  others  may  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  for  example  by  preventing  us  from  marketing  one  or  more  of  our  product 
candidates for one or more indications.

Any of the aforementioned threats to our competitive advantage could harm our business. 

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information and know-how, the value of our technology and products could be 

adversely affected. 

In addition to patented technology, we rely upon, among other things, unpatented proprietary technology, processes, trade secrets, and know-how. 
Any involuntary disclosure to, or misappropriation by, third parties of our confidential or proprietary information could enable competitors to duplicate or 
surpass  our  technological  achievements,  potentially  eroding  our  competitive  position  in  our  market.  We  seek  to  protect  confidential  and  proprietary 
information in part by confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties. While we require, as a matter of company policy, that 
all of our employees, consultants, advisors, and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology to enter into 
confidentiality agreements, we cannot be certain that this know-how, information and technology will not be improperly disclosed or that competitors will 
not  otherwise  gain  access  to  our  trade  secrets  or  independently  develop  substantially  equivalent  information  and  techniques.  These  confidentiality 
agreements may be terminated or breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such termination or breach. Furthermore, these agreements 
may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets and know-how in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure.

If  we  are  unable  to  protect  the  intellectual  property  used  in  our  products,  others  may  be  able  to  copy  our  innovations  which  may  impair  our 

ability to compete effectively in our markets. 

Evaluating the strength and enforceability of our patents involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. Both our patents and 
patent applications can be challenged by third parties and our patent applications may fail to result in issued patents. Moreover, both our existing and future 
patents may be too narrow to prevent third parties from developing or designing around our intellectual property and in that event we may lose competitive 
advantage and our business may suffer.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world. 

Filing,  prosecuting  and  defending  patents  on  product  candidates  in  all  countries  throughout  the  world  would  be  prohibitively  expensive,  and  our 
intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some 
foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be 
able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our 
inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent 
protection  to  develop  their  own  products  and  further,  may  export  otherwise  infringing  products  to  territories  where  we  have  patent  protection,  but 
enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our current or future product candidates, if any, and our patents 
or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. 

We have not yet registered some of our trademarks in all of our potential markets, and failure to secure those registrations could adversely affect 
our business. If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of 
interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, or conflict with third-party 
rights. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition by potential partners or 
customers in our markets of interest. Additionally, even if we apply to register our trademarks in all of our potential markets, our applications may not be 
allowed for registration, and our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many 
foreign  jurisdictions,  third  parties  are  given  an  opportunity  to  oppose  pending  trademark  applications  and  to  seek  to  cancel  registered  trademarks. 
Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we do not secure 
registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would. If we are unable to 
establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then our marketing abilities may be impacted.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Risks Related to Government Regulation 

We  are  subject  to  stringent  domestic  and  foreign  regulation.  Any  unfavorable  regulatory  action  or  adverse  change  in  law  may  materially  and 

adversely affect our future financial condition and business operations and prospects.

The CellFX System and any other potential devices and products we develop are, and will continue to be, subject to extensive, rigorous, and ongoing 
regulation  by  numerous  government  agencies,  including  the  FDA  and  similar  foreign  regulatory  authorities.  To  varying  degrees,  each  of  these  agencies 
monitors and enforces our compliance with laws and regulations governing the development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, marketing, distribution, and 
the  safety  and  effectiveness  of  our  medical  technology.  The  process  of  obtaining  and  maintaining  marketing  approval  or  clearance  from  the  FDA  and 
similar foreign regulatory authorities for new devices and products, or for enhancements, expansion of the indications or modifications to existing products, 
could:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

take a significant indeterminate amount of time;

require the expenditure of substantial resources;

involve rigorous preclinical and clinical testing, and possibly post-market surveillance;

involve modifications, repairs or replacements of our products;

require design changes of our products;

result in limitations on the indicated uses of our products; and

result in our never being granted the regulatory approval or clearance we seek.

If we experience any of these occurrences, our operations may suffer and we might experience harm to our competitive standing, which could adversely 
affect our financial condition.

We are subject to, and will have ongoing responsibilities under, FDA and international regulations, both before and after a product is approved or 
cleared and commercially released. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is monitored rigorously through 
periodic inspections. If an inspection were to conclude that we are not in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, or that any of our devices are 
ineffective or pose an unreasonable health risk, the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities could ban such devices or products, detain or seize such 
devices or products, order a recall, repair, replacement, or refund of such devices or products, or require us to notify health professionals and others that the 
therapies,  devices  or  products  present  unreasonable  risks  of  substantial  harm  to  the  public  health.  Additionally,  the  FDA  or  similar  foreign  regulatory 
authorities may impose other operating restrictions, enjoin and restrain certain violations of applicable law pertaining to our devices and products or assess 
civil or criminal penalties against our officers, employees, or us. The FDA and similar foreign regulatory authorities have been increasing their scrutiny of 
the industry and governments are expected to continue to scrutinize the industry closely with inspections and possibly enforcement actions. Any adverse 
regulatory action, depending on its magnitude, may restrict us from effectively manufacturing, marketing and selling our devices and products, including 
the CellFX System. In addition, negative publicity and product liability claims resulting from any adverse regulatory action could have a material adverse 
effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

The continuing development of the CellFX System and other products depends upon maintaining strong working relationships with physicians.

The development, marketing, and sale of the CellFX System, and any future products in development, depends upon our ability to maintain strong 
working  relationships  with  physicians.  We  rely  on  these  professionals  to  provide  us  with  considerable  knowledge  and  experience  regarding  the 
development, marketing, and sale of our products. Physicians assist us in clinical trials and as researchers, marketing and product consultants and public 
speakers. If we cannot maintain our strong working relationships with these professionals and continue to receive their advice and input, the development 
and marketing of our products could suffer, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. The medical device industry’s 
relationship with physicians is under increasing scrutiny by the Office of Inspector General (“OIG”), the Department of Justice (“DOJ”), state attorneys 
general,  and  other  foreign  and  domestic  government  agencies.  Our  failure  to  comply  with  laws,  rules  and  regulations  governing  our  relationships  with 
physicians, or an investigation into our compliance by the OIG, DOJ, state attorneys general, and other government agencies, could significantly harm our 
business, including compromising the use or integrity of our clinical data in regulatory submissions to the FDA or similar regulatory authorities.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We are subject to healthcare and other laws and regulations relating to our business and could face substantial penalties if we are determined not 

to have fully complied with such laws, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

We  are  exposed  to  the  risk  that  our  employees  and  independent  contractors,  including  principal  investigators,  consultants,  any  commercial 
collaborators, service providers and other vendors may engage in misconduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, 
reckless and/or negligent conduct or other unauthorized activities that violate applicable laws or regulations. There are many federal and state laws and 
regulations prohibiting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry that can result in significant criminal and civil penalties. These laws may constrain the 
business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct our operations, including how we research, market, sell, and distribute our 
products for which we obtain marketing approval or clearance. Such laws include:

(cid:0) U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, 
receiving,  or  providing  remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  cash  or  in  kind,  to  induce  or  reward,  or  in  return  for,  either  the  referral  of  an 
individual  for,  or  the  purchase,  order  or  recommendation  of,  any  good  or  service,  for  which  payment  may  be  made  under  a  federal  healthcare 
program, such as Medicare and Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, and the government 
can find a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute without proving that a person or entity had actual knowledge of the law or a specific intent to 
violate  it.  In  addition,  the  government  may  assert  that  a  claim  including  items  or  services  resulting  from  a  violation  of  the  U.S.  federal  Anti-
Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act;

(cid:0) U.S.  federal  civil  and  criminal  false  claims  laws  and  civil  monetary  penalties  laws,  including  the  civil  False  Claims  Act,  which,  among  other 
things, impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly 
presenting, or causing to be presented, to the U.S. government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, 
using  or  causing  to  be  made  or  used,  a  false  record  or  statement  material  to  a  false  or  fraudulent  claim,  or  from  knowingly  making  a  false 
statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the U.S. government;

(cid:0) HIPAA  imposes  criminal  and  civil  liability  for,  among  other  things,  knowingly  and  willfully  executing,  or  attempting  to  execute,  a  scheme  to 
defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially 
false statement, in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services. A person or entity does not need to have 
actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

(cid:0) HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and its implementing regulations, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect 
to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization by covered 
entities  subject  to  the  rule,  such  as  health  plans,  healthcare  clearinghouses  and  healthcare  providers  as  well  as  their  business  associates  that 
perform certain services for or on their behalf involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information;

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

the  U.S.  Physician  Payments  Sunshine  Act,  which  requires  certain  manufacturers  of  drugs,  devices,  biologics  and  medical  supplies  for  which 
payment  is  available  under  Medicare,  Medicaid  or  the  Children’s  Health  Insurance  Program  (with  certain  exceptions)  to  report  annually  to  the 
government information related to payments or other “transfers of value” made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, 
podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and requires applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations to report annually 
to the government ownership and investment interests held by these physicians and their immediate family members;

the CCPA requires covered companies to, among other things provide new disclosures to California consumers and afford such consumers new 
abilities to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. We cannot yet predict the impact of the CCPA or the recently approved CPRA on our 
business or operations, but it may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and could cause us to incur substantial costs and 
expenses in an effort to comply;

federal  consumer  protection  and  unfair  competition  laws,  which  broadly  regulate  marketplace  activities  and  activities  that  potentially  harm 
consumers; and

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(cid:0)

analogous state and non-U.S. laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to our business practices, 
including,  but  not  limited  to,  research,  distribution,  sales,  and  marketing  arrangements  and  claims  involving  healthcare  items  or  services 
reimbursed  by  non-governmental  third-party  payors,  including  private  insurers;  state  laws  that  require  device  companies  to  comply  with  the 
industry’s  voluntary  compliance  guidelines  and  the  relevant  compliance  guidance  promulgated  by  the  U.S.  government,  or  otherwise  restrict 
payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws and regulations that require manufacturers to 
report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and 
pricing information; and state and non-U.S. laws governing the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which 
differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

We have implemented compliance related programs and procedures to help identify and deter healthcare and other violations by employees and other 
third parties that perform services for us. Notwithstanding our efforts, however, it is possible that governmental authorities may conclude that our business 
practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance, or case law involving applicable healthcare or other applicable laws. 
In addition, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege violations of such laws, regulations and other obligations, or allege that 
fraud or other misconduct has taken place, even if no misconduct has occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, those actions could have a 
significant  impact  on  our  business  and  financial  results,  including,  without  limitation,  the  imposition  of  significant  civil,  criminal  and  administrative 
penalties,  damages,  monetary  fines,  disgorgements,  possible  exclusion  from  participation  in  Medicare,  Medicaid  and  other  U.S.  healthcare  programs, 
individual imprisonment, other sanctions, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations 
if we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights. Defending against any such actions can be costly, time-consuming and may require 
significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our 
business may be impaired. If any of the above occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition. 

Also, any material change to any of the laws or regulations applicable to our business could harm our business, financial condition and results of 

operations.

To obtain the necessary device approvals or clearances from regulatory authorities for our future product candidates, we will have to conduct 
various  preclinical  and  clinical  tests,  which  may  be  costly  and  time  consuming,  and  may  not  provide  results  that  will  allow  us  to  seek  regulatory 
approval or clearance. 

The number of preclinical and clinical tests that will be required for regulatory clearance or approval varies depending on the disease or condition to 
be treated, the method of treatment, the nature of the device, the jurisdiction in which we are seeking approval or clearance and the applicable regulations. 
Regulatory agencies, including those in the United States, Canada, Europe, and other jurisdictions where medical devices and products are regulated can 
delay, limit or deny approval of a product for many reasons. For example, regulatory agencies: 

(cid:0) may not deem a technology or device to be reasonably safe or effective for any intended use or indication;

(cid:0) may interpret data from preclinical and clinical testing differently than we do;

(cid:0) may determine our manufacturing facility or processes do not comply with quality system regulations;

(cid:0) may conclude that our products do not meet quality standards for durability, long-term reliability, biocompatibility, electromagnetic compatibility, 

or electrical safety; or

(cid:0) may change their approval or clearance policies or adopt new regulations in a manner that is adverse to us.

These regulators may make requests or disagree with us regarding the design or conduct of our clinical trials, resulting in an increased risk of difficulties or 
delays in obtaining regulatory approval or clearance on future product candidates, or expanded indications of use for our existing products, and increased 
costs. 

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Even if a potential device or product ultimately is cleared or approved by regulatory authorities, it may be cleared or approved only for narrow 

indications which may render it commercially less viable. 

Even  if  we  complete  clinical  testing  and  a  potential  device  or  product  of  ours  is  cleared  or  approved,  it  may  not  be  cleared  or  approved  for  the 
indications that are necessary or desirable for a successful commercialization. Regulators may grant marketing authorization contingent on the performance 
of costly additional clinical trials which may be required after approval or clearance. Regulators also may approve or clear our lead product candidates, 
including the CellFX System, for a more limited indication or a narrower patient population than we originally requested. Our preference will be to obtain 
as broad an indication as possible for use in connection with the particular disease or treatment for which it is designed. However, the final indication or 
labeling may be more limited than we originally seek. Any limitation on use may make the device or product commercially less viable and more difficult, if 
not impractical, to market. Therefore, we may not obtain the revenues that we seek in respect of the proposed product, and we will not be able to become 
profitable and provide an investment return to our investors.   

We will be subject to ongoing requirements and inspections that could lead to the restriction, suspension or revocation of our clearance. 

We, as well as any potential third-party manufacturer, will be required to adhere to FDA quality systems requirements, which include testing, control, 
and documentation requirements. We will be subject to similar regulations in foreign countries. Even when regulatory approval or clearance of a product is 
granted,  the  approval  or  clearance  may  be  subject  to  limitations  on  the  indicated  uses  for  which  the  product  may  be  marketed  or  to  the  conditions  of 
approval or clearance, or contain requirements for costly post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product. Ongoing 
compliance  with  quality  system  regulations  and  other  applicable  regulatory  requirements  is  strictly  enforced  in  the  United  States  through  periodic 
inspections by state and federal agencies, including the FDA, and in international jurisdictions by comparable agencies. Failure to comply with regulatory 
requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension 
of  production,  failure  to  obtain  premarket  clearance  or  premarket  approval  for  devices,  withdrawal  of  approvals  or  clearances  previously  obtained,  and 
criminal  prosecution.  The  restriction,  suspension  or  revocation  of  regulatory  approvals  or  clearances,  or  any  other  failure  to  comply  with  regulatory 
requirements would limit our ability to operate and could materially increase our costs. 

Because we and one of our licensors have used federal funding in the development of certain aspects of our technology, the federal government 

retains ‘march-in’ rights in connection with results derived from these grants. 

March-in rights give the federal government the right to grant to other entities, which may include competitors, licenses or to take a license for itself 
if the government funded the development of a patent. The march-in right applies to patents that have been issued. The march-in right is intended to be 
used only if there is a threat to public health and safety that the owner of the patent is not equipped to handle. The march-in right may also be used to 
remove the exclusive rights belonging to a patent holder if the patent for which the government provided funding is not suitable for public use. If march-in 
rights  are  used  by  the  government,  the  entities  using  the  patent  are  required  to  pay  royalties  to  the  patent  holder,  which  amount  would  be  subject  to 
negotiation. Because federal funding was used for some aspects of the Company’s technology that will be the subject of some of our patents, the Company 
could  be  subject  to  the  march-in  right  and  lose  its  exclusivity  of  those  patents,  and  may  suffer  direct  competition  if  any  license  is  granted  by  the 
government under the march-in right to a competitor. 

Our  employees,  collaborators  and  other  personnel  may  engage  in  misconduct  or  other  improper  activities,  including  noncompliance  with 

regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading. 

We  are  exposed  to  the  risk  of  fraud  or  other  misconduct  by  our  employees,  collaborators  and  other  personnel,  which  could  include  intentional, 
reckless  and/or  negligent  conduct  or  disclosure  that  violates:  (i)  the  laws  of  the  FDA  and  other  similar  foreign  regulatory  bodies,  including  those  laws 
requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such regulators; (ii) manufacturing standards; or (iii) healthcare fraud and abuse laws 
in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws. These laws may impact, among other things, future sales, marketing and education 
programs. The promotion, sales and marketing of healthcare items and services, as well as certain business arrangements in the healthcare industry, are 
subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud and abuse, kickbacks, self-dealing, and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict 
or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, structuring and commissions, certain customer incentive programs, and other 
business  arrangements  generally.  Activities  subject  to  these  laws  also  involve  the  use  of  information  obtained  in  the  course  of  patient  recruitment  for 
clinical trials.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We adopted a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the 
precautions we take to detect and prevent unlawful activities may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us 
from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are 
instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, 
including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions. Whether or not we are successful in defending against any such actions or investigations, 
we  could  incur  substantial  costs,  including  legal  fees,  and  divert  the  attention  of  management  in  defending  ourselves  against  any  of  these  claims  or 
investigations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Healthcare policy changes, including recent federal legislation to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on us. 

Proposals by the federal government, state governments, regulators, and third-party payors to control or manage the increased costs of healthcare and 
to reform the U.S. healthcare system may impact our business significantly. Certain proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our products 
or the coverage and reimbursement available for our products and could limit the acceptance and availability of our products. The adoption of proposals to 
control  costs  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  and  financial  condition.  We  cannot  predict  the  initiatives  that  may  be  adopted  in  the 
future or their full impact on our business. The continuing efforts of governments, insurance companies, managed care organizations, and other payors of 
healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare may negatively impact our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our products, our 
ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability, and the availability of capital.

Risks Related to Owning Our Common Stock 

The price of our common stock has been, and we expect it to continue to be, highly volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above 

the price you paid to acquire them. 

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  has  been  highly  volatile,  and  we  expect  it  to  continue  to  be  highly  volatile  for  the  foreseeable  future  in 

response to many risk factors listed in this section, and others beyond our control, including: 

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

results of clinical trials of our planned products or those of our competitors;

actions by regulatory bodies, such as the FDA, that affect our business or have the effect of delaying or rejecting approval or clearance of our 
planned products; 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

announcements by our customers, partners or suppliers relating directly or indirectly to our products, services or technologies;

announcements of technological innovations by us or our competitors;

changes in laws or regulations applicable to the CellFX System or to our planned products;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, capital commitments, or achievement of 
significant milestones;

additions or departures of key personnel;

competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

disputes  or  other  developments  related  to  proprietary  rights,  including  patents,  litigation  matters  or  our  ability  to  obtain  intellectual  property 
protection for our technologies;

actual or alleged security breaches;

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

announcements or expectations of additional financing efforts;

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

stock price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

reports, guidance and ratings issued by securities or industry analysts; 

overall conditions in our industry and market including the negative impact of COVID-19 on the global economy and markets; and

general economic and market conditions.

Any of the above may cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Stock markets in general, and the market for companies in our industry in 
particular,  have  experienced  price  and  volume  fluctuations  that  have  affected  and  continue  to  affect  the  market  prices  of  equity  securities  of  many 
companies, including ours. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad 
market  and  industry  fluctuations,  as  well  as  general  economic,  political  and  market  conditions  such  as  recessions,  interest  rate  changes  or  international 
currency fluctuations, may negatively impact the market price of our common stock. Investors may not realize any return on their investment in us and may 
lose some or all of their investment. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities 
class action litigation. The high volatility of our stock price, the composition of our Board and governance practices, including our Chairman’s repeated 
interest in acquiring additional shares in our Company through related party transactions, as well as countless other factors not identified above, increase 
the  risk  of  securities  litigation  or  shareholder  derivative  litigation  against  the  Company  and  its  Directors.  Securities  litigation  against  us  could  result  in 
substantial  costs  and  divert  our  management’s  attention  from  other  business  concerns  and  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  raise  capital  to  fund  our 
operations, which could seriously harm our business. 

Sales or purchases of shares of our common stock may adversely affect the market for our common stock. 

If we or our stockholders, particularly our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, sell or purchase, register for sale, or indicate an 
intent to sell or purchase, shares of our common stock in the public market, it may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. 
In particular, Robert W. Duggan, our majority stockholder and Board Chairman, is not subject to any contractual restrictions with us on his ability to sell or 
transfer the shares of our common stock that he holds, and these sales or transfers could create substantial declines in the price of our securities or, if these 
sales or transfers were made to a single buyer or group of buyers, could contribute to a transfer of control of our Company to a third party. Many of Mr. 
Duggan’s shares in the Company have been registered for resale pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-3. Sales by Mr. Duggan of a 
substantial number of shares, or the expectation of such sales, could cause a significant reduction in the market price of our common stock. 

Additionally, we may issue shares of common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock from time to 
time  in  connection  with  financings,  acquisitions,  investments,  or  otherwise.  Any  such  issuances  would  result  in  dilution  to  some  or  all  of  our  existing 
stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall. We may also sell shares or other securities at a price per share that is less than the price per share paid 
by existing investors, and investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing stockholders.

We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will exist for our common stock and as a result it may be difficult for you to 

sell your common stock. 

Prior to our initial public offering in May 2016, there was no public market for our common stock. Although our common stock is listed on The 
Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”), the market for our shares has demonstrated varying levels of trading activity. As a result of these and other factors, you 
may not be able to sell your common stock quickly, at or above the price paid to acquire the stock or at all. Further, an inactive market may also harm our 
ability to raise capital by selling additional common stock and may harm our ability to enter into strategic collaborations or acquire companies or products 
by using our common stock as consideration. 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Concentration  of  ownership  by  our  principal  stockholder  limits  the  ability  of  others  to  influence  the  outcome  of  director  elections  and  other 
transactions requiring stockholder approval, or create the potential for conflicts of interest.

A majority percentage of our outstanding stock is held by Robert W. Duggan, Chairman of our Board, who beneficially owns approximately 51% of 
our  common  stock  outstanding  as  of  the  date  of  this  Annual  Report.  As  a  result,  Mr.  Duggan  has  control  over  corporate  actions  requiring  stockholder 
approval, including the following actions:  

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

to elect or defeat the election of our directors; 

to amend or prevent amendment of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; 

to effect or prevent a merger, sale of assets or other corporate transaction; and 

to control the outcome of any other matter submitted to our stockholders for vote.

Mr.  Duggan’s  controlling  interest  in  the  Company  also  creates  the  potential  for  conflicts  of  interest  which  be  viewed  unfavorably  by  minority 
stockholders, thereby hurting our stock price. For example, in November 2021, we engaged outside legal counsel to represent the Company even though 
the  same  legal  counsel  currently  represents  Mr.  Duggan  personally  in  other  matters.  This  legal  counsel  represented  Mr.  Duggan  in  certain  related  party 
transactions described herein and could represent both the Company and Mr. Duggan in future related party transactions. Three of our directors, including 
Mr. Duggan, are executives at Summit Therapeutics Inc., another company in which Mr. Duggan holds a controlling equity interest.

Additionally,  because  Mr.  Duggan  owns  a  majority  of  our  outstanding  shares,  we  are  considered  to  be  a  “controlled”  company  under  applicable 
Nasdaq  rules.  As  such,  we  may  voluntarily  elect  not  to  comply  with  certain  of  Nasdaq’s  corporate  governance  requirements,  such  as  certain  rules 
concerning the setting of executive compensation and the appointment of directors. Accordingly, during the period we remain a controlled company and 
during any transition period following a time when we are no longer a controlled company, other stockholders may not have the same protections afforded 
to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market. As a member of our Board, Mr. 
Duggan will adhere to the corporate governance standards adopted by the Company.

Even though we have not yet elected to take advantage of any of these corporate governance exemptions permitted by Nasdaq, Mr. Duggan’s stock 
ownership  and  our  status  as  a  “controlled”  company  may  discourage  a  potential  acquirer  from  making  a  tender  offer  or  otherwise  attempting  to  obtain 
control of our Company, which in turn could reduce our stock price or prevent our stockholders from realizing a premium over our stock price. In addition, 
Mr. Duggan is not subject to any contractual restrictions on his ability to acquire additional shares of common stock and any such purchases, including 
purchases of equity securities in connection with any rights offerings or any alternative equity or equity-linked offering that we may conduct, could result 
in his acquisition of a larger percentage of our common stock.

Management  currently  beneficially  holds  a  small  percentage  of  our  common  stock.  Other  than  their  positions  as  directors  or  officers,  and  the 
restriction  on  the  stockholders  being  able  to  call  a  special  meeting  limited  to  holders  of  15%  or  more  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock,  our 
management will not be able to greatly influence corporate actions requiring stockholder approval.

Robert W. Duggan’s controlling ownership position may impact our stock price and may deter or prevent efforts by others to acquire us, which 

could prevent our stockholders from realizing a control premium. 

Robert W. Duggan is our Board Chairman, and beneficially owns approximately 51% of our common stock outstanding as of the date of this Annual 
Report. In addition, Mr. Duggan is not subject to any contractual restrictions on his ability to acquire additional shares of common stock, and any such 
purchases, including purchases of equity securities in connection with any rights offerings or any alternative equity or equity-linked offering that we may 
conduct, could result in his acquisition of a majority of our common stock. As a result of Robert W. Duggan’s controlling ownership and position as Board 
Chairman, others may be less inclined to pursue an acquisition of us and therefore we may not have the opportunity to be acquired in a transaction that 
stockholders  might  otherwise  deem  favorable,  including  transactions  in  which  our  stockholders  might  realize  a  substantial  premium  for  their  shares.  In 
addition, public speculation regarding Mr. Duggan, as well as our relationship with Mr. Duggan, could cause our stock price to fluctuate.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We  have  incurred  and  will  continue  to  incur  costs  as  a  result  of  operating  as  a  public  company  and  our  management  has  been  and  will  be 

required to devote substantial time to public company compliance initiatives. 

As a public company, listed in the United States, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses due to 
our compliance with regulations and disclosure obligations applicable to us, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq. The SEC and other regulators have continued to adopt new rules and regulations and 
make additional changes to existing regulations that require our compliance. 

Stockholder  activism,  the  current  political  environment,  and  the  current  high  level  of  government  intervention  and  regulatory  reform  may  lead  to 
substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact, in ways we cannot currently anticipate, 
the manner in which we operate our business. Our management and other personnel have and will continue to devote a substantial amount of time to these 
compliance  programs  and  monitoring  of  public  company  reporting  obligations  and,  as  a  result  of  the  new  corporate  governance  and  executive 
compensation related rules, regulations, and guidelines prompted by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and 
further  regulations  and  disclosure  obligations  expected  in  the  future,  we  will  likely  need  to  devote  additional  time  and  costs  to  comply  with  such 
compliance programs and rules. New laws and regulations as well as changes to existing laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the 
provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, and rules adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq, will likely result in increased costs to us as we 
respond to their requirements. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict 
or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. 

Furthermore, these and future rules and regulations could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including 
director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the 
same or similar coverage. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our 
board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. 

We are a “smaller reporting company”; we cannot be certain if the applicable reduced disclosure requirements will make our common stock less 

attractive to investors.

Through the end of 2021, we were an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we took advantage of certain exemptions from 
various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not 
being  required  to  comply  with  the  auditor  attestation  requirements  of  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  reduced  disclosure  obligations  regarding 
executive  compensation  in  our  periodic  reports  and  proxy  statements,  and  exemptions  from  the  requirements  of  holding  a  nonbinding  advisory  vote  on 
executive  compensation  and  stockholder  approval  of  any  golden  parachute  payments  not  previously  approved.  We  are  no  longer  an  emerging  growth 
company,  however,  we  still  qualify  as  a  “smaller  reporting  company,”  as  defined  in  the  Exchange  Act,  and  so  long  as  we  remain  a  smaller  reporting 
company, we benefit from and may take advantage of scaled disclosure requirements.  We cannot know if investors find our common stock less attractive 
because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for 
our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may 
be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our reporting is not as transparent as other companies in our 
industry.  If  we  are  unable  to  raise  additional  capital  as  and  when  we  need  it,  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  may  be  materially  and 
adversely affected. 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our market price and 

trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. 
We do not have any control over these analysts. We currently have only limited analyst coverage of us and there can be no assurance that analysts will 
continue to cover us or provide favorable coverage. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or change their opinion of our stock, 
our market price would likely decline. If analysts cease coverage of our Company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the 
financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We have not paid dividends in the past and have no plans to pay dividends.

For the foreseeable future, we plan to reinvest all of our earnings, to the extent we have earnings, into our product research and development efforts, 
so we have no plans to pay any cash dividends with respect to our securities. We cannot assure you that we would, at any time, generate sufficient surplus 
cash that would be available for distribution to the holders of our common stock as a dividend. Therefore, you should not expect to receive cash dividends 
on our outstanding common stock.

Anti-takeover  provisions  in  our  charter  documents  and  under  Delaware  law  could  make  an  acquisition  of  us,  which  may  be  beneficial  to  our 
stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of 
our common stock.

Certain anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law and provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or 
preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors that are not 
nominated by the current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. Our certificate 
of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

authorize  our  board  of  directors  to  issue,  without  further  action  by  the  stockholders,  up  to  50,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock  and  up  to 
approximately 500,000,000 shares of authorized but unissued shares of common stock;

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, any of our 
officers, or any stockholder holding at least fifteen percent (15%) of the voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to 
vote;

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed 
nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

require  the  affirmative  vote  of  holders  of  at  least  66  2/3%  of  the  voting  power  of  all  the  then  outstanding  shares  of  our  voting  stock,  voting 
together as a single class, to amend provisions of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws;

give our board of directors the ability to amend our bylaws by majority vote; and

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult 
for stockholders to replace members of our Board, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. Furthermore, our bylaws provide 
that  unless  we  consent  in  writing  to  the  selection  of  an  alternative  forum,  the  Court  of  Chancery  of  the  State  of  Delaware  shall,  to  the  fullest  extent 
permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (b) any action asserting a claim of 
breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of us to us or our stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to 
any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the 
internal  affairs  doctrine,  in  each  case  subject  to  the  Court  of  Chancery  having  personal  jurisdiction  over  the  indispensable  parties  named  as  defendants 
therein; provided that, if and only if the Court of Chancery dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in 
another state or federal court sitting in Delaware. Our bylaws further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the 
exclusive  forum  for  resolving  any  complaint  asserting  a  cause  of  action  arising  under  the  Securities  Act.  Any  person  or  entity  purchasing  or  otherwise 
acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. These exclusive-forum provisions may 
discourage  lawsuits  against  us  or  our  directors,  officers,  and  employees.  In  addition,  because  we  are  incorporated  in  Delaware,  we  are  governed  by  the 
provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding 
voting stock to engage in certain types of transactions with us. 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

General Risk Factors

Unfavorable global economic or political conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets, including the 
negative impact of COVID-19 on the global economy and markets. Furthermore, the market for aesthetic medical treatments may be particularly vulnerable 
to unfavorable economic conditions. A global financial crisis or a global or regional political disruption could cause extreme volatility in the capital and 
credit markets, as has recently been the case due to COVID-19. A severe or prolonged economic downturn or political disruption could result in a variety 
of risks to our business, including weakened demand for our lead product, the CellFX System, or any future product candidates, if approved, and our ability 
to  raise  additional  capital  when  needed  on  acceptable  terms,  if  at  all.  A  weak  or  declining  economy  or  political  disruption  could  also  strain  our 
manufacturers  or  suppliers,  possibly  resulting  in  supply  disruption,  or  cause  our  customers  to  delay  making  payments  for  our  products.  Any  of  the 
foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the political or economic climate and financial market conditions 
could adversely impact our business.

If we experience material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in 
the  future,  we  may  not  be  able  to  accurately  or  timely  report  our  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations,  which  may  adversely  affect  investor 
confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock. 

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal 
controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting 
and  provide  a  management  report  on  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  A  material  weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  combination  of  deficiencies,  in 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a  material  misstatement  of  our  financial  statements  will  not  be 
prevented or detected on a timely basis. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can 
produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to 
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We 
may  not  be  able  to  complete  our  evaluation,  testing  and  any  required  remediation  in  a  timely  fashion.  During  the  evaluation  and  testing  process,  if  we 
identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. 
The identification of one or more material weaknesses would preclude a conclusion that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. 
Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected 
on a timely basis. 

We are required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public 
accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act until we are no longer a “small reporting company.” At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is 
adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us 
to avoid a material weakness in the future. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or when required in the 
future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over 
financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock 
could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to litigation risk and to investigations by Nasdaq, the stock exchange on which our securities are 
listed, by the SEC, and by other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.  

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us.

From time to time, we may be involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, or proceedings relating to securities laws, product liability, 
patent  infringement,  contract  disputes,  and  other  matters  relating  to  various  claims  that  arise  in  the  normal  course  of  our  business  in  addition  to 
governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. In addition, third parties may, from time to time, assert claims against us. Such matters 
can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources, cause us to incur significant expenses or liability and/or require us to change our 
business practices. Because of the potential risks, expenses and uncertainties of litigation, we may, from time to time, settle disputes, even where we have 
meritorious claims or defenses, by agreeing to settlement agreements. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable, we cannot assure you that the results 
of  any  of  these  actions  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  prospects.  See  the  section 
entitled “Legal Proceedings” for more detail on our current legal proceedings.

Our business may be adversely affected by health epidemics including the coronavirus pandemic. 

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in government authorities implementing numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans 

and restrictions, quarantines, shelter-in-place or stay-at-home orders, and business shutdowns.

For  most  of  2020  and  much  of  2021,  we  required,  in  accordance  with  local  and  state  guidelines  regarding  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  all  of  our 
employees to work remotely unless they could not perform their essential functions remotely. We also suspended all non-essential travel for our employees. 
While many of our employees are accustomed to working remotely or working with other remote employees, much of our workforce has not historically 
been remote. We continue to monitor the situation and may adjust our current policies as more information and public health guidance becomes available. 
Operational restrictions as a result of the COVD-19 pandemic could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In  addition,  our  clinical  trials  may  be  affected  by  the  continuing  COVID-19  pandemic.  Site  initiation  and  patient  enrollment  may  be  delayed,  for 
example, due to prioritization of hospital resources toward the COVID-19 pandemic, travel restrictions imposed by governments, and the inability to access 
sites for initiation and monitoring. Some of our suppliers of certain materials used in the production of the CellFX System are located in areas heavily 
impacted by COVID-19 which could limit our ability to obtain sufficient materials. COVID-19 has and will continue to adversely affect global economies 
and financial markets of many countries, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect demand for the CellFX System and other product candidates, 
if approved, and impact our operating results. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may continue to experience an adverse impact to our 
business as a result of the continued global economic impact of the pandemic. Although we are continuing to monitor and assess the effects of the COVID-
19 pandemic on our business, the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or a similar health epidemic is highly uncertain and subject to change.

Our facilities in California are located near known earthquake faults, and the occurrence of an earthquake or other catastrophic disaster could 

cause damage to our facilities and equipment, which could require us to cease or curtail operations. 

Our facilities in Hayward, California are located near known earthquake fault zones and are vulnerable to damage from earthquakes. We are also 
vulnerable to damage from other types of disasters, including fire, floods, power loss, communications failures, and similar events. If any disaster were to 
occur, our ability to operate our business at our facilities would be seriously, or potentially completely, impaired. In addition, the nature of our activities 
could make it difficult for us to recover from a natural disaster. The insurance we maintain may not be adequate to cover our losses resulting from disasters 
or other business interruptions. Accordingly, an earthquake or other disaster could materially and adversely harm our ability to conduct business.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments  

None.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties 

We currently lease approximately 50,300 square feet of premises located in Hayward, California, which is used for our corporate headquarters and 
principal operating facility. The term of the original lease included approximately 15,700 square feet for 62 months and commenced on July 1, 2017. In 
May  2019,  we  entered  into  an  amendment  which  enabled  us  to  expand  the  lease  by  approximately  34,600  additional  square  feet,  for  a  total  of 
approximately  50,300  square  feet.  The  amendment  also  included  an  option  to  extend  the  term  of  the  lease.  Approximately  13,300  square  feet  of  the 
additional space was occupied in November 2019 as part of the first phase, and the remaining approximately 21,300 square feet was occupied in May 2020 
as part of the second phase. The term of the total lease was extended through October 2029.

We believe that our existing and expanded facilities will be sufficient to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, we may be involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings relating to securities laws, product liability, 
patent  infringement,  contract  disputes  and  other  matters  relating  to  various  claims  that  arise  in  the  normal  course  of  our  business  in  addition  to 
governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. In addition, third parties may, from time to time, assert claims against us in the form of 
letters and other communications.

In  February  2022,  a  civil  securities  lawsuit  was  filed  in  the  U.S.  District  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  California  against  the  Company  and 
certain of its executive officers, following the Company’s announcement on February 8, 2022 that it had received an Additional Information letter from the 
FDA indicating that the FDA did not believe the Company provided sufficient clinical evidence to support its 510(k) submission to add the treatment of 
sebaceous hyperplasia to the CellFX System’s current U.S. labeling, and the subsequent decline of the market price of the Company’s common stock. The 
Company  is  currently  evaluating  the  case  and  its  allegations.  The  lawsuit  seeks  class  certification,  unspecified  damages,  fees,  costs,  and  expenses.  The 
Company expects to file a motion to dismiss the case later this year, and an estimate of possible loss or range of loss, if any, cannot be made.

The  results  of  legal  proceedings  and  claims  are  inherently  unpredictable.  However,  we  do  not  believe  any  currently  pending  matters  will  have  a 

material adverse effect on our business based on our current understanding of such matters.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Part II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information 

Our common stock is listed on Nasdaq and has been traded under the symbol “PLSE” since May 18, 2016. 

Holders of Record 

As of March 25, 2022, there were approximately 12 stockholders of record of our common stock. We believe the actual number of stockholders is 
greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in “street” name by brokers and 
other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.   

Dividend Policy 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock and have no present plans to do so. We intend to retain earnings for use in 

the operation and expansion of our business.  

Sales of Unregistered Securities 

None.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Performance Graph 

The  performance  graph  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  shall  not  be  deemed  “filed”  for  purposes  of  Section  18  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), or incorporated by reference into any filing of Pulse Biosciences, Inc. under the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing. 

The  following  graph  matches  our  cumulative  5-year  total  shareholder  return  on  common  stock  with  the  cumulative  total  returns  of  the  Nasdaq 
Composite Index and the Nasdaq Biotechnology Index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and in each index 
(with the reinvestment of all dividends) from December 31, 2016, to December 31, 2021. Such returns are based on historical results and are not intended 
to suggest future performance.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The Company is a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and is not required to provide the information required 

under this item.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

You  should  read  the  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  together  with  our  consolidated  financial 
statements and the related notes thereto included in Item 8 under the heading “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”. Some of the information 
contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, 
including  statements  regarding  our  expected  financial  results  in  future  periods.  The  words  “anticipates,”  “believes,”  “could,”  “estimates,”  “expects,” 
“intends,” “may,” “might,” “plans,” “projects,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although 
not  all  forward-looking  statements  contain  these  identifying  words.  We  may  not  actually  achieve  the  plans,  intentions  or  expectations  disclosed  in  our 
forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially 
from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements that we make. You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this
Form 10-K for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-
looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

Overview 

We are a novel bioelectric medicine company committed to health innovation using an entirely new and proprietary energy modality. The CellFX 
System is the first commercial product to harness the distinctive advantages of our proprietary Nano-Pulse Stimulation technology. The CellFX System 
delivers nano second duration pulses of electrical energy, each less than a millionth of a second long, to non-thermally clear targeted cells while sparing 
adjacent non-cellular tissue, to treat a variety of medical conditions for which an optimal solution remains unfulfilled. 

In January 2021, we received CE marking approval for the CellFX System, which allows us to market the system in the European Union and, in June 
2021, we received Health Canada approval for the CellFX System, which allows for marketing of the system in Canada. The CE mark and Health Canada 
approvals  allow  us  to  market  the  CellFX  System  for  use  in  dermatological  procedures  requiring  ablation  and  resurfacing  of  the  skin  for  the  reduction, 
removal,  and/or  clearance  of  cellular-based  benign  lesions,  including  SH,  SK,  and  cutaneous  non-genital  warts.  In  February  2021,  we  received  510(k) 
clearance from the FDA for the CellFX System for dermatologic procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin. 

In February 2021, we initiated controlled launch programs in the United States and the European Union and in June 2021 we initiated a controlled 
launch  program  in  Canada  (collectively,  our  “Controlled  Launch”).  Under  the  Controlled  Launch  program,  the  physicians  and  their  patients  complete 
evaluation surveys about their experiences with the CellFX System and provide other information helpful to defining best practices for the introduction of 
the CellFX System into the clinic practice. As of December 31, 2021, we onboarded a total of seventy CellFX Controlled Launch Program participants 
across  the  United  States,  Europe,  and  Canada,  completing  program  enrollment.  In  August  2021,  we  began  to  convert  Controlled  Launch  Program 
participants into sales agreements, triggering revenue recognition. As of December 31, 2021, twenty-nine Controlled Launch Program participants opted to 
purchase their CellFX System and six clinics opted out of the program. An objective of the Controlled Launch program is to turn participating clinics into 
high utilization commercial customers that will serve as important reference clinics for future commercial customers.

We  initially  expected  clinics  to  complete  the  program  requirements  within  three  to  five  months.  However,  the  average  time  for  clinics  that  have 
completed the Controlled Launch program has been seven months. We continue to gain valuable information from the Controlled Launch process. While 
the  real-world  delivery  of  NPS  technology  through  the  CellFX  System  has  proven  to  clear  benign  lesions  in  clinical  studies,  we  have  learned  that  the 
market development for benign lesions and the integration of this procedure into the practice workflow will require a higher touch model to generate the 
system  utilization  we  are  expecting.  We  now  expect  clinics  to  continue  to  move  through  the  program  throughout  2022,  as  they  complete  the  program 
requirements. 

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Controlled  Launch  participants  that  have  opted  to  purchase  the  CellFX  System  for  commercial  use  have  performed  CellFX  procedures  since 
becoming  commercial  users  and,  in  the  aggregate,  have  increased  the  number  of  treatment  sessions  per  month.  Currently,  our  commercial  clinics  are 
averaging  ten  patient  treatment  sessions  per  month  wither  their  CellFX  System.  Our  goal  for  the  end  of  2022  is  to  increase  utilization  to  forty  patient 
treatment sessions per month at our current commercial clinics. To drive this increased utilization and emphasis on education, training and marketing at our 
current accounts, we have implemented changes to our commercial leadership, restructured our commercial field organization and modified our strategy in 
support  of  our  utilization  focus  and  reduced  emphasis  on  new  system  sales  in  the  near-term.  In  February  2022,  we  appointed  Kevin  Danahy  as  Chief 
Commercial  Officer.  Mr.  Danahy  has  a  proven  track  record  of  building  exceptional  commercial  teams  and  implementing  strategies  to  drive  market 
penetration and significant growth with disruptive medical technologies across a variety of medical disciplines. Under Mr. Danahy’s leadership, the near-
term focus of our commercial team’s efforts will be to increase utilization at our commercial clinics.

We  completed  the  first  two  commercial  sales  of  CellFX  Systems  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2021.  The  majority  of  our  revenue  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2021 was recognized on a non-cash basis when Controlled Launch Program participants applied their earned credits towards the purchase of 
a CellFX System. See Note 8 for additional details of the Controlled Launch Program and Note 9 for additional details of the revenue transactions. 

We are pursuing specific indications for the CellFX System in the United States similar to the regulatory clearances we have received in Europe and 
Canada,  requiring  additional  510(k)  submissions,  and  likely  based  on  comparative  clinical  data.  In  December  2021,  we  submitted  a  510(k)  to  add  the 
treatment of SH to the CellFX System’s indications for use in the United States. In February 2022 we received an AI letter from the FDA in response to the 
510(k) submitted. In the AI letter, the FDA stated it did not believe the Company provided sufficient clinical evidence at this time to support the expanded 
indication for use, and that the Company had not met the primary endpoints of the SH FDA-approved IDE study. The Company anticipates meeting with 
the  FDA  to  discuss  the  contents  of  the  AI  letter  and  potential  next  steps,  which  may  require  additional  clinical  data  and  potentially  a  new  510(k) 
submission.

We have incurred substantial operating losses and have used cash in our operating activities since inception. Based on our current operating plan, we 
believe we do not have sufficient cash and cash equivalents on hand to support current operations for the twelve months following the filing of this Annual 
Report. Therefore, to finance our ongoing operations, we will need to raise additional capital or enter into a revenue-generating collaboration, which cannot 
be assured. We plan to seek to raise capital from time to time through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, our at-the-market equity offering 
program, or to enter into collaborations with third parties, to fund our future operations. Meanwhile, over the past few years, Mr. Duggan, our majority 
stockholder, has made significant investments in our Company to fund its operations. Mr. Duggan may elect to participate in any number of our future 
fundraisings, as described above, and he may choose to invest more than his current pro rata share in any of these fundraisings, or alternatively he may 
offer to provide debt financing as may be needed in order to maintain the Company as a going concern.

The  source,  timing  and  availability  of  any  future  financing  will  depend  largely  upon  market  conditions  and  perceived  progress  in  the  CellFX 
commercial program, as well as future clinical and regulatory developments concerning the CellFX System and our other NPS-based technologies. Funding 
may not be available when needed, at all or on terms acceptable to us. Lack of necessary funds may require us to, among other things, delay, scale back or 
eliminate some or all of our commercial activities, reduce headcount, trim research and product development programs, discontinue clinical trials, stop all 
or some of our manufacturing operations, defer capital expenditures, deregister from being a publicly traded company and delist from Nasdaq, or license 
our potential products or technologies to third parties, possibly on terms that cannot sustain our current business. In addition, the recent decline in economic 
activity caused by the armed conflict between Russia and Ukraine and by the COVID pandemic, together with the deterioration of the credit and capital 
markets, could have an adverse impact on potential sources of future financing.

Plan of Operation 

We plan to establish ourselves as a medical therapy company with a local, nonthermal, and drug-free treatment platform that initiates cell death in 

targeted tissue by a process of cell signaling. In order to accomplish this, we plan to: 

(cid:0)

Improve our technology by continuing our research and product development efforts. We expect to develop interchangeable tissue applicators to 
target different tissue types that will leverage the novel characteristics of our NPS technology platform.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(cid:0)

Further explore and understand the benefits of our NPS technology platform with the objectives of broadening the currently planned cosmetic and 
therapeutic  applications,  while  also  identifying  new  applications.  We  anticipate  that  results  of  our  clinical  studies  will  enable  us  to  recognize 
certain unmet medical needs that may be addressed by our technology. 

(cid:0) Continue to protect and expand our intellectual property portfolio with respect to NPS technology, which we expect will increase our ability to 

deter competitors and position our Company for favorable licensing and partnering opportunities. 

(cid:0)

Partner  with  medical  or  biomedical  device  companies  for  certain  applications  which  we  anticipate  may  accelerate  product  development  and 
acceptance into target market areas and allow us to gain the sales and marketing advantages of one or more established distribution infrastructures.

COVID-19 Pandemic

Our  clinical  trials  may  be  affected  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Site  initiation  and  patient  enrollment  may  be  delayed,  for  example,  due  to 
prioritization  of  hospital  resources  toward  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  travel  restrictions  imposed  by  governments,  and  the  inability  to  access  sites  for 
initiation and monitoring. Also, it is possible that delivery from some of our suppliers of certain materials used in the production of our product candidates 
could  be  delayed  due  to  COVID-19  which  could  affect  our  ability  to  obtain  sufficient  materials  for  our  product  candidates.  COVID-19  has  adversely 
affected  global  economies  and  financial  markets  and  will  likely  continue  to  do  so,  resulting  in  an  economic  downturn  that  could  affect  demand  for  our 
product candidates and impact our operating results. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may continue to experience an adverse impact to 
our business as a result of the continued global economic impact of the pandemic. We cannot anticipate all of the ways in which health epidemics such as 
COVID-19 could adversely impact our business. Although we are continuing to monitor and assess the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, 
the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or a similar health epidemic is highly uncertain and subject to change. See the Risk Factors section for 
further discussion of the possible impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments 

The discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Certain accounting policies and estimates are particularly important to the understanding 
of  our  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  and  require  the  application  of  significant  judgment  by  management  or  can  be  materially  affected  by 
changes  from  period  to  period  in  economic  factors  or  conditions  that  are  outside  of  the  Company’s  control.  As  a  result,  these  issues  are  subject  to  an 
inherent  degree  of  uncertainty.  In  applying  these  policies,  management  uses  its  judgment  to  determine  the  appropriate  assumptions  to  be  used  in  the 
determination  of  certain  estimates.  Those  estimates  are  based  on  our  historical  operations,  future  business  plans  and  the  projected  financial  results,  the 
terms of existing contracts, trends in the industry and information available from other outside sources. 

We  continually  evaluate  the  accounting  policies  and  estimates  used  in  preparing  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  During  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2021,  the  Company  received  510(k)  clearance,  CE  marking  approval,  and  Health  Canada  clearance  for  the  CellFX  System  and  began  to 
capitalize inventory in preparation of commercialization. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company entered into sales contracts 
with customers and began to recognize revenue.

Valuation of Inventory

Inventory  is  stated  at  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value.  We  established  the  inventory  basis  by  determining  the  cost  based  on  standard  costs 
approximating the purchase costs on a first-in, first-out basis. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of our business, less 
reasonably  predictable  costs  of  completion,  disposal,  and  transportation.  The  cost  basis  of  our  inventory  will  be  reduced  for  any  products  that  are 
considered excessive or obsolete based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. At December 31, 2021, there is no reduction to the 
balance of inventory for excessive and obsolete inventory.  

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

We  recognize  revenue  at  a  point  in  time  as  we  satisfy  performance  obligations  by  transferring  control  of  promised  goods  to  our  customers.  The 
amount of revenue recognized is equal to the consideration which we are entitled to in exchange for the promised goods, excluding any amounts assessed 
by government authorities for taxes which might be collected from a customer. Sales contracts often involve the sale and delivery of multiple products, 
each  of  which  typically  represent  a  separate  performance  obligation  in  the  contract.  While  we  sell  these  products  on  a  stand-alone  basis  at  a  particular 
stand-alone  selling  price  (“SSP”),  initial  customer  contracts  will  likely  involve  the  bundling  of  products  which  will  be  delivered  concurrently  to  the 
customer and have the same pattern of transfer. In such instances, the full consideration of the contract will be recognized upon delivery of the products. 
We include a standard warranty on our products which provides assurances that the products comply with agreed-upon specifications.

Product Warranty

The Company provides a standard warranty on eligible products which provides the customer assurances that the products comply with the agreed-
upon specifications. The standard warranty does not provide any services in addition to those assurances. The Company accrues a warranty reserve for 
products sold based upon the best estimate of the nature, frequency, and costs of future claims. These estimates are inherently uncertain given the short 
history  of  sales,  and  changes  to  the  historical  or  projected  warranty  experience  may  cause  material  changes  to  the  warranty  reserve  in  the  future.  The 
warranty  reserve  is  included  within  Accrued  expenses  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Warranty  expense  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  Cost  of 
Revenues in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation 

We periodically issue stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to officers, directors, employees and consultants for services rendered. Such 
issuances vest and expire according to terms established at the issuance date. Stock-based payments to officers, directors and employees, including grants 
of employee stock options, are recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. Stock option grants, which are generally time vested, are 
measured at the grant date fair value and charged to operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. We estimate the grant date fair value of stock 
options, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. The 
assumptions  used  in  our  option-pricing  model  represent  management’s  best  estimates.  These  estimates  are  complex,  involve  a  number  of  variables, 
uncertainties  and  assumptions  and  the  application  of  management’s  judgment,  so  that  they  are  inherently  subjective.  If  factors  change  and  different 
assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. 

Income Taxes 

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liability account balances are determined based on 
differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted rates and laws that will be in effect 
when the differences are expected to reverse. 

We provide a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. If we determine that we 
would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would be credited to 
operations in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of its deferred tax 
assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would be charged to operations in the period such determination was made. 

We account for uncertainties in income tax law under a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and 
disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns as prescribed by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) 
issued Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-10- Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. The tax effects of a position are recognized only 
if it is “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the taxing authority as of the reporting date. If the tax position is not considered “more-likely-than-not” to 
be sustained, then no benefits of the position are recognized. 

We are subject to U.S. federal income taxes and income taxes in California. As our net operating losses have yet to be utilized, previous tax years 
remain open to examination by federal authorities and other jurisdictions in which we currently operate or have operated in the past. We are not currently 
under examination by any tax authority. 

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Results of Operations 

Comparison of the Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Our consolidated statements of operations as discussed herein are presented below:

(in thousands)
Revenues:

Product revenues

Total revenues
Cost and expenses:
Cost of revenues
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total cost and expenses
Loss from operations
Other income (expense):

Year Ended
December 31,

2021

2020*

$ Change

  $

 1,418   $
 1,418  

 —   $
 —  

 1,968  
 28,640  
 14,751  
 19,073  
 64,432  
 (63,014) 

 —  
 26,444  
 7,256  
 16,265  
 49,965  
 (49,965) 

 1,418
 1,418

 1,968
 2,196
 7,495
 2,808
 14,467
 (13,049)

Income tax benefit

Interest income (expense), net

Total other income (expense)
Loss from operations, before income taxes

 (760)
 (760)
 (13,809)
 —
 (13,809)
Net loss
* Certain 2020 amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. Sales and marketing expenses have been reclassified out of 
general  and  administrative  and  presented  as  a  separate  line  item.  Amortization  of  intangible  assets  have  been  reclassified  to  general  and  administrative 
expenses.

 114  
 114  
 (49,851) 
 —  
 (49,851)  $

 (646) 
 (646) 
 (63,660) 
 —  
 (63,660)  $

  $

Revenues

Revenues  increased  by  $1.4  million  to  $1.4  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  from  zero  during  the  same  period  in  2020.  We 

commenced sales agreement activity in August 2021, triggering the recognition of revenue. 

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues increased by $2.0 million to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from zero during the same period in 2020. Prior to 
commercialization  in  August  2021,  all  uncapitalized  manufacturing  related  overhead  costs  were  recorded  as  research  and  development  expenses.  Upon 
commercialization, these costs are recorded as cost of revenues.

Research and Development 

Research and development expenses consist of salaries and related expenses for research and development personnel, clinical trials, professional fees 
and  consulting  costs  related  to  the  design,  development  and  enhancement  of  our  current  and  potential  future  products,  engineering  prototypes  and  pre-
commercial manufacturing supplies. Research and development expenses increased by $2.2 million to $28.6 million in 2021 from $26.4 million in 2020 
due to $1.4 million of increased clinical trial and other outside research costs,  $1.2  million  of  increased  stock-based  compensation,  and  $1.0  million  of 
increased compensation and other employee related expenses. These increases were partially offset by decreases of $1.0 million in expensed equipment and 
supplies  and  $0.7  million  of  manufacturing  absorption  related  to  inventory  production  previously  expensed  to  research  and  development  prior  to 
commercialization. Compensation costs increased primarily due to headcount growth, while consulting and outside services increased primarily due to new 
application development, medical research and studies.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of compensation and other related employee expenses for sales and marketing personnel, expenses associated 
with advertising and training, and marketing studies including our Controlled Launch program. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $7.5 million to 
$14.8 million in 2021 from $7.3 million in 2020 due to $3.0 million of increased compensation and other employee related expenses as a result of increased 
headcount,  $1.6  million  increased  stock-based  compensation,  $1.8  million  of  non-cash  Controlled  Launch  expenses,  and  $0.5  million  of  increased  paid 
services. The increases in sales and marketing expenses are attributable to commercialization activities of the CellFX System subsequent to receiving FDA 
clearance, CE marking approval, and Health Canada clearance.

General and Administrative 

General and administrative expenses consist of compensation and other related employee expenses for executives, finance, legal, human resources, 
information  technology  and  administrative  personnel,  professional  fees,  patent  fees  and  costs,  insurance  costs,  public  company  costs,  and  other  general 
corporate expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by $2.8 million to $19.1 million in 2021 from $16.3 million in 2020 due to $1.2 million 
of  increased  compensation  and  other  employee  related  expenses  and  $1.6  million  of  increased  stock-based  compensation,  both  primarily  related  to 
headcount growth. 

Other Income (Expense)

Interest expense increased by $0.7 million to $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from zero during the same period in 2020 due to 

the Loan Agreement entered into in March 2021 and Insurance Loan Agreement entered into in May 2021. Interest income decreased by $0.1 million 
primarily due to decreased investment activity.   

Comparison of the Years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019

Refer to Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations located in our Form 10-K for the fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2020, filed on March 12, 2021, for the discussion of the comparison of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, to the fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2019, the earliest of the three fiscal years presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

To date, we have not generated significant revenues from product sales. Since inception, we have funded our business primarily through the issuance 
of equity securities and debt. Over the next few years, we intend to invest in research and development to develop new applications for existing products 
and  additional  commercially  viable  products  and  to  assess  the  feasibility  of  potential  future  products.  Additionally,  we  expect  that  our  general  and 
administrative  expenses  will  increase  as  we  continue  to  incur  incremental  costs  associated  with  being  a  public  company  and  our  sales  and  marketing 
expenses will increase as we continue to commercialize the CellFX System.

In June 2020, we completed a rights offering pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 4,279,600 shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per 
share,  and  641,571  warrants,  for  net  proceeds  of  $29.4  million.  On  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  met  the  requirements  for  redemption  of  these 
warrants. Pursuant to the redemption, the Company redeemed 5,139 warrants at a redemption price of $0.01 per warrant. 636,432 warrants were exercised, 
generating approximately $4.5 million of additional net proceeds to the Company.

On  February  4,  2021,  we  entered  into  a  Sales  Agreement  with  Stifel  as  sales  agent,  pursuant  to  which  we  may  offer  and  sell,  from  time  to  time, 
through Stifel, up to $60.0 million in shares of our common stock, by any method permitted by law deemed to be an “at-the-market” offering as defined in 
Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We have no obligation to make any sales of our common stock pursuant to such Sales 
Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued and sold 288,490 shares of common stock under the Sales Agreement. The 
shares  were  sold  at  a  weighted  average  price  of  $27.73  per  share  for  aggregate  net  proceeds  of  approximately  $7.4  million,  after  deducting  sales 
commissions and offering costs payable by us.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In  March  2021  we  entered  into  a  Loan  Agreement  with  Robert  W.  Duggan,  our  Board  Chairman,  in  connection  with  Mr.  Duggan  lending  the 
principal  sum  of  $41.0  million  to  the  Company.  The  Loan  Agreement  had  a  maturity  date  of  June  11,  2022.  Under  the  Loan  Agreement,  Mr.  Duggan 
provided us, subject to certain conditions, an unsecured term loan facility in an original aggregate principal amount of $41.0 million. The Loan Agreement 
bore  interest  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  5.0%,  payable  quarterly  commencing  on  July  1,  2021.  The  Loan  Agreement  contained  certain  covenants  and 
Events of Default.

On  June  30,  2021,  we  entered  into  a  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  with  Mr.  Duggan,  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  issued  and  sold  to  Mr. 
Duggan 3,048,780 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, in a private placement, at a price per share of $16.40. The shares 
were paid for through (i) the conversion of the $41 million aggregate principal amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest outstanding, pursuant 
to the Loan Agreement by and between the Company and Mr. Duggan (Note 13), and (ii) additional cash in the amount of approximately $8.4 million. 
Upon  closing  of  this  Private  Placement  and  satisfaction  of  the  outstanding  debt,  the  Loan  Agreement  was  terminated,  without  early  termination  fees  or 
penalties  being  owed  by  the  Company,  and  no  additional  amounts  were  owed  to  Mr.  Duggan  under  the  Loan  Agreement.  The  cash  proceeds  of 
approximately $8.4 million were received by the Company in July 2021.    

Our consolidated statements of cash flows as discussed herein are presented below: 

(in thousands)
Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

  $
  $
  $
  $

 (54,097)  $
 7,563  $
 62,685   $
 16,151  $

 (35,365)  $
 10,044   $
 30,885   $
 5,564   $

2019

 (34,185)
 (10,101)
 82
 (44,204)

To date, we have generated limited revenue and used cash in our operating activities. As a result, we have incurred significant operating losses in 
each year since our inception and we may continue to incur additional losses for the next several years. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had an 
accumulated deficit of $236.2 million, cash outflows from operations of $54.1 million for the year then ended, cash and cash equivalents of $28.6 million 
and a net loss of $63.7 million. These factors, combined with the Company’s forecast of cash required to fund operations for a period of at least twelve 
months  from  the  date  of  issuance  of  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements,  raise  substantial  doubt  under  ASC  205-40,  Presentation  of 
Financial Statements – Going Concern about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the issuance of these consolidated 
financial statements. We plan to raise additional capital in the future to fund our operations through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, or 
our  at-the-market  equity  offering  program,  or  by  entering  into  revenue-generating  collaborations.  Mr.  Duggan,  our  majority  stockholder,  may  elect  to 
participate  in  any  number  of  our  future  financings,  or  alternatively  he  may  offer  to  provide  debt  financing  as  may  be  needed  in  order  to  maintain  the 
Company as a going concern. We can give no assurance, at this time, that additional financing or a collaboration will be available when needed on terms 
acceptable to us, however.

These expectations are based on our current operating and financing plans which are subject to change. Until we are able to generate sustainable 
product revenues at profitable levels, we expect to finance our future cash needs through public or private equity offerings, debt financings,  our  at-the-
market equity offering program, and/or potential new collaborations. Such additional funds may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we 
raise funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, the ownership of some or all of our stockholders will be diluted, and the holders of new equity 
securities may have priority rights over our existing stockholders. If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to curtail operations significantly 
or  obtain  funds  by  entering  into  agreements  on  unattractive  terms.  Our  inability  to  raise  capital  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For example, lack of necessary funds may require us to, among other things, delay, scale back or 
eliminate some or all of our commercial activities, reduce headcount, trim research and product development programs, discontinue clinical trials, stop all 
or some of our manufacturing operations, defer capital expenditures, deregister from being a publicly traded company and delist from Nasdaq, or license 
our potential products or technologies to third parties, possibly on terms that cannot sustain our current business. In addition, the recent decline in economic 
activity caused by the armed conflict between Russia and Ukraine and by the COVID pandemic, together with the deterioration of the credit and capital 
markets, could have an adverse impact on potential sources of future financing.

Operating Activities 

During 2021, we used cash of $54.1 million in operating activities. The difference between cash used in operating activities and net loss consisted 
primarily of stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and right-of-use assets, partially offset by 
increases in prepaid expenses and inventory.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

During 2020, we used cash of $35.4 million in operating activities. The difference between cash used in operating activities and net loss consisted 
primarily of stock-based compensation, accrued expenses, depreciation and amortization, and right-of-use assets, partially offset by decreases in prepaid 
expenses and other current assets.

Investing Activities 

Our investing activities consist primarily of investment purchases, sales and maturities and capital expenditures. 

During  2021,  cash  provided  from  investing  activities  was  $7.6  million,  of  which  $8.0  million  was  provided  from  the  maturities  of  investments, 

partially offset by the purchase of property and equipment.  

During  2020,  cash  provided  from  investing  activities  was  $10.0  million,  of  which  $39.5  million  was  provided  from  the  maturities  and  sales  of 

investments, offset by $29.5 million for the purchase of investments and property and equipment.  

Financing Activities 

During 2021, cash provided from financing activities was $62.7 million, primarily due to $49.3 million net cash received from our Loan Agreement 
and  Private  Placement,  $7.4  million  net  cash  received  from  our  at-the-market  equity  offering,  $5.0  million  received  from  stock  option  and  warrant 
exercises, $0.4 million received, net of payments made to date, from the Insurance Loan Agreement and $0.8 million received from the sale of stock under 
our employee stock purchase plan. 

During 2020, cash provided from financing activities was $30.9 million, of which $29.4 million was received from the rights offering, $1.0 million 

received from the exercise of stock options and warrants, and $0.5 million received from the sale of our stock under our employee stock purchase plan. 

Comparison of the Years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019

Refer to Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations located in our Form 10-K for the fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2020, filed on March 12, 2021, for the discussion of the comparison of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, to the fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2019, the earliest of the three fiscal years presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Contractual Obligations

Frank Reidy Research Center Agreement

As  provided  for  in  the  license  agreement  with  Old  Dominion  University  Research  Foundation  (“ODURF”)  and  Eastern  Virginia  Medical  School 
(“EVMS”),  effective  on  November  6,  2014,  we  sponsored  certain  approved  research  activities  at  ODURF’s  Frank  Reidy  Research  Center  under  a 
sponsored research agreement (“SRA”). In August 2018, we agreed to sponsor a task order for research in the amount of $0.8 million and in September 
2019, we agreed to sponsor an additional task order for research in the amount of $0.8 million each to be performed during their respective subsequent 12-
month periods. In March 2021, we agreed to sponsor a task order for research in the amount of $0.3 million and in May 2021 we sponsored an additional 
task  order  for  $0.3  million  each  to  be  performed  during  their  respective  subsequent  12-month  periods.  These  sponsored  researches  are  funded  through 
monthly payments made upon ODURF certifying, to our reasonable satisfaction, that ODURF has met its obligations pursuant to the specified task order 
and statement of work. The principal investigator may transfer funds within the budget as needed with our approval so long as the obligations of ODURF 
under the task order and statement of work remain unchanged and unimpaired. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we incurred 
costs  relating  to  the  SRA  equal  to  $0.3  million,  $0.6  million  and  $0.9  million,  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  there  is  a  $0.3  million  balance 
payable under this research agreement.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Operating Lease

We currently lease approximately 50,300 square feet of premises located in Hayward, California, which is used for our corporate headquarters and 
principal operating facility. The term of the original lease included approximately 15,700 square feet for 62 months and commenced on July 1, 2017. In 
May  2019,  we  entered  into  an  amendment  which  enabled  us  to  expand  the  lease  by  approximately  34,600  additional  square  feet,  for  a  total  of 
approximately  50,300  square  feet.  The  amendment  also  included  an  option  to  extend  the  term  of  the  lease.  Approximately  13,300  square  feet  of  the 
additional space was occupied in November 2019 as part of the first phase, and the remaining approximately 21,300 square feet was occupied in May 2020 
as part of the second phase. The term of the total lease was extended through October 2029.

Under the original lease agreement, the landlord provided a $2.1 million allowance for tenant improvements, which was recorded as deferred rent at 
the inception of the lease term. Future minimum lease payments are net of amortization of tenant improvement allowance. The following table summarizes 
our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

(in thousands)
Operating leases

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Total

Less Than 1 Year

1 to 3 Years

3 to 5 Years

Payments Due by Period

  $

 15,775   $

 1,806   $

 3,755   $

 4,023   $

  More Than 5 Years
 6,191

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial 

condition, results of operations, liquidity, or cash flows.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

Through the end of 2021, we were an emerging growth company as defined by the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, we were given the option to 
delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private 
companies. We irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we were subject to the 
same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Trends, Events and Uncertainties 

Research and development of new technologies are, by their nature, unpredictable. Although we undertake development efforts with commercially 
reasonable diligence, there can be no assurance that the net proceeds from our financings will be sufficient to enable us to develop our technology to the 
extent needed to generate future sales to sustain our operations. If we do not continue to have enough funds to sustain our operations, we will consider 
other options to continue the commercialization of the CellFX System, including, but not limited to, additional financing through follow-on stock offerings, 
debt financings, or co-development agreements and /or other alternatives. 

We cannot assure investors that our technology will be adopted or that we will ever achieve sustainable revenues sufficient to support our operations. 
Even if we are able to generate revenues, there can be no assurances that we will be able to achieve profitability or positive operating cash flows. There can 
be no assurances that we will be able to secure additional financing in the future on acceptable terms or at all. If cash resources are insufficient to satisfy 
our  ongoing  cash  needs,  we  would  be  required  to  scale  back  or  discontinue  our  technology  and  product  development  programs,  or  obtain  funds,  if 
available, although there can be no assurances, through the sale, licensing or strategic alliances that could require us to relinquish rights to our technology 
and intellectual property, or to curtail, suspend or discontinue our operations entirely.

See  the  section  entitled  “COVID-19  Pandemic”  above  and  elsewhere  in  this  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and 
Results of Operations for a discussion of the current and potential future impact of COVID-19 on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Other than as discussed above and elsewhere in this Annual Report, we are not currently aware of any trends, events or uncertainties that are likely to 
have a material effect on our financial condition in the near term, although it is possible that new trends or events may develop in the future that could have 
a material effect on our financial condition.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position 

due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates.

Interest Rate and Market Risk

Our exposure to interest rate and market risk is confined to our cash, cash equivalents and investments, all of which have maturities of less than one 
year. The goals of our investment policy are preservation of capital, fulfillment of liquidity needs and fiduciary control of our cash and investments. We 
also  seek  to  maximize  income  from  our  investments  without  assuming  significant  risk.  To  achieve  our  goals,  we  may  maintain  a  portfolio  of  cash 
equivalents and investments in a variety of securities of high credit quality. The securities in our investment portfolio are not leveraged, are classified as 
available-for-sale, and are, due to their relatively short-term nature, subject to minimal interest rate risk. We currently do not hedge interest rate exposure. 
Because of the short-term maturities of our investments, we do not believe that a hypothetical 10% change in market interest rates would have a material 
negative impact on the value of our investment portfolio. At December 31, 2021, we did not have any investments.

Foreign Exchange Risk

The majority of our expense and capital purchasing activities are transacted in U.S. dollars. In 2021, we expended operations and sales into Europe 
and  Canada.  While  we  currently  have  limited  international  operations,  we  may  incur  foreign  exchange  gains  or  losses  in  the  future  as  we  further 
commercialize and expand internationally. 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

PULSE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

64

Page
Number

65
67
68
69
70
71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Pulse Biosciences, Inc. 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Pulse  Biosciences,  Inc.  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  (the  "Company")  as  of 
December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of 
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the 
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its 
operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2021,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the 
financial statements, the Company has incurred a net loss, accumulated deficit, and cash outflows from operations that raise substantial doubt about its 
ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include 
any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial 
statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor 
were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and 
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in 
the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as 
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter 

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current-period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  was  communicated  or 
required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that  (1)  relates  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2) 
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion 
on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical 
audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement and Termination of Loan Agreement — Refer to Notes 6, 12 and 13 to the consolidated financial 
statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

In March 2021, the Company and Robert W. Duggan, the Company’s largest stockholder and Board Chairman, entered into a $41.0 million loan agreement. 
On June 30, 2021, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with Mr. Duggan in which the Company issued and sold approximately 3.0 
million shares of common stock in a private placement. The shares were paid for through conversion of the $41.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 
loan, along with accrued interest and unpaid interest, and additional cash of approximately $8.4 million.

We identified the accounting for the conversion of the loan in connection with the private placement as a critical audit matter because of the complexity in 
applying the accounting framework for this related party transaction. 

This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge, 
to evaluate the appropriateness of the accounting framework.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the accounting for the conversion of the loan included the following, among others:

(cid:0) We read the Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement and tested the accuracy and completeness of management’s analysis of the 

transaction by agreeing the terms used in management’s analysis to the Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement. 

(cid:0) We read the Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement and the Loan Agreement to evaluate management’s conclusion that the Company 

was released from its obligations under the loan agreement as of June 30, 2021.

(cid:0) We evaluated the accounting relative to the timing of cash received and shares issued, including its underlying supporting documents.
(cid:0) With the assistance of professionals in our firm having expertise in accounting treatment for financial instruments, we evaluated management’s 

conclusions regarding the accounting treatment applied to the accounting for the Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement and 
Termination of Loan Agreement.

(cid:0) We evaluated the Company’s disclosures related to this related party transaction.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Jose, California  
March 31, 2022  

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PULSE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except par value)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Investments
Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Right-of-use assets
Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Deferred revenue
Lease liability, current
Note payable, current

Total current liabilities

Lease liability, less current portion

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value;
authorized – 50,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding
Common stock, $0.001 par value;
authorized – 500,000 shares; issued and outstanding – 29,716 shares and 
25,550 shares at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively  
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $

  $

  $

December 31,

2021

2020

 28,614   $
 —  
 61  
 5,824  
 2,131  
 36,630  
 2,462  
 3,216  
 2,791  
 8,785  
 365  
 54,249   $

 2,904   $
 4,389  
 16  
 774  
 436  
 8,519  

 10,040  
 18,559  

 12,463
 8,012
 —
 —
 1,864
 22,339
 2,478
 3,882
 2,791
 9,438
 365
 41,293

 1,717
 5,326
 —
 542
 —
 7,585

 10,814
 18,399

 —  

 —

 29  
 271,861  
 —  
 (236,200) 
 35,690  
 54,249   $

 25
 195,410
 (1)
 (172,540)
 22,894
 41,293

  $

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Revenues:

Product revenues

Total revenues
Cost and expenses:
Cost of revenues
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total cost and expenses
Loss from operations
Other income (expense):

Interest income (expense), net

Total other income (expense)
Loss from operations, before income taxes

Income tax benefit

Net loss
Other comprehensive gain (loss):

PULSE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands, except per share data)

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $

 1,418   $
 1,418  

 —   $
 —  

 1,968  
 28,640  
 14,751  
 19,073  
 64,432  
 (63,014) 

 (646) 
 (646)
 (63,660) 
 —  
 (63,660) 

 —  
 26,444  
 7,256  
 16,265  
 49,965  
 (49,965) 

 114  
 114
 (49,851) 
 —  
 (49,851) 

 —
 —

 —
 24,961
 5,857
 17,136
 47,954
 (47,954)

 983
 983
 (46,971)
 —
 (46,971)

 5
 (46,966)

 (2.26)

 20,746

Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities

Comprehensive loss
Net loss per share:
Basic and diluted net loss per share
Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per common share — basic and 
diluted

  $

  $

 1  
 (63,659)  $   

 (5) 
 (49,856)  $   

 (2.28)  $

 (2.14)  $

 27,964  

 23,248  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PULSE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except per share amount)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Balance, December 31, 2018
Issuance of shares upon exercise of warrants
Issuance of shares upon exercise of stock options
Issuance of shares under employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of shares on vesting of restricted stock units
Stock-based compensation expense
Tax payments related to shares withheld for vested restricted 
stock units
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
Net loss
Balance, December 31, 2019
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options
Issuance of shares under employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of shares upon exercise of warrants
Issuance of common stock and warrants in connection with 
rights offering at $7.01 per unit, net of issuance cost of $565  
Stock-based compensation expense
Unrealized loss on marketable investments, net of tax
Net loss
Balance, December 31, 2020
Issuance of common stock as part of debt extinguishment 
and private investment, net of issuance cost of $106
Issuance of shares upon exercise of warrants
Issuance of common stock as part of ATM offering, net of 
issuance cost of $568
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock 
units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes
Issuance of shares under employee stock purchase plan
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options
Stock-based compensation expense
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
Net loss
Balance, December 31, 2021

 20,593   $
 37  
 99  
 38  
 58  
 — 

 21   $
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 20,825  
 175  
 83  
 187  

 4,280  
 — 
 — 
 — 
 25,550  

 3,049  
 585  

 288  

 — 
 — 
 — 
 21  
 — 
 — 
 — 

 4  
 — 
 — 
 — 
 25  

 3  
 1  

 — 

 99  
 91  
 54  
 — 
 — 
 — 
 29,716   $

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 29   $

 142,032   $

 — 
 272  
 423  
 — 
 11,287  

 (613) 
 — 
 — 
 153,401  
 887  
 490  
 1,127  

 29,430  
 10,075  
 — 
 — 
 195,410  

 49,891  
 3,333  

 7,432  

 (232) 
 810  
 616  
 14,601  
 — 
 — 

 271,861   $

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

69

Accumulated
Deficit

 (75,718)  $

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 (46,971) 
 (122,689) 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 (49,851) 
 (172,540) 

 — 
 — 

 — 

 (1)  $
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 5  
 — 
 4  
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 (5) 
 — 
 (1) 

 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 1  
 — 
 —  $

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 (63,660) 
 (236,200)  $

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

 66,334 
 —
 272 
 423 
 —
 11,287 

 (613)
 5 
 (46,971)
 30,737 
 887 
 490 
 1,127 

 29,434 
 10,075 
 (5)
 (49,851)
 22,894 

 49,894 
 3,334 

 7,432 

 (232)
 810 
 616 
 14,601 
 1 
 (63,660)
 35,690

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PULSE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in 
  operating activities:
Depreciation
Amortization of intangible assets
Stock-based compensation
Net premium amortization and discount on available-for-sale securities
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
Gain on U.S. Treasury securities
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other receivables
Right-of-use assets
Other long-term assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Deferred revenue
Lease liabilities
Accrued interest on note payable

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Purchases of investments
Maturities of investments
Sales of investments

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan
Proceeds from exercises of warrants
Proceeds from exercises of stock options
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Proceeds from insurance loan agreement
Payments made on insurance loan agreement
Tax payments related to shares withheld for vested restricted stock units

Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing 
  and financing activities:

Other receivable from exercise of warrants and stock options
Change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities
Equipment purchases included in accounts payable and accrued expenses 
Accrued interest settled via issuance of common stock from private placement 
equity offering

  $

  $

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $

 (63,660)  $

 (49,851)  $

 (46,971)

 480  
 666  
 14,601  
 13  
 —  
 —  

 (61) 
 (5,824) 
 (1,374) 
 54  
 653  
 —  
 1,160  
 (937)  
 16  
 (542) 
 658  
 (54,097) 

 (437) 
 —  
 8,000  
 —  
 7,563  

 810  
 4,217  
 786  
 56,697  
 1,939  
 (1,532) 
 (232) 
 62,685  
 16,151  
 12,463  
 28,614   $

 —   $
 1  
 27  

 629  

 430  
 665  
 10,075  
 5  
 119  
 (8) 

 —  
 —  
 194  
 —  
 509  
 129  
 (266) 
 2,830  
 —  
 (196) 
 —  
 (35,365) 

 (441) 
 (29,025) 
 35,000  
 4,510  
 10,044  

 490  
 244  
 717  
 29,434  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 30,885  
 5,564  
 6,899  
 12,463   $

 1,053   $
 (5) 
 20  

 —  

 494
 666
 11,287
 (521)
 —
 —

 —
 —
 (226)
 —
 68
 (393)
 646
 841
 —
 (76)

 (34,185)

 (608)
 (77,993)
 68,500
 —
 (10,101)

 423
 —
 272
 —
 —
 —
 (613)
 82
 (44,204)
 51,103
 6,899

 —
 5
 279

 —

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

1.  Description of the Business

PULSE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Pulse  Biosciences,  Inc.  is  a  novel  bioelectric  medicine  company  committed  to  health  innovation  using  an  entirely  new  and  proprietary  energy 
modality.  The  Company’s  CellFX  System  is  the  first  commercial  product  to  harness  the  distinctive  advantages  of  the  Company’s  proprietary  NPS 
technology. The CellFX System delivers nanosecond duration pulses of electrical energy, each less than a millionth of a second long, to non-thermally clear 
targeted cells while sparing adjacent non-cellular tissue, to treat a variety of medical conditions for which an optimal solution remains unfulfilled.

In February 2021, the Company received 510(k) clearance from the FDA for the CellFX System for dermatologic procedures requiring ablation and 
resurfacing of the skin. In January 2021, the Company received CE marking approval for the CellFX System, which allows for marketing of the system in 
the EU and, in June 2021, the Company received Health Canada approval for the CellFX System, which allows for marketing of the system in Canada. The 
CE mark and Health Canada approvals allow for use of the CellFX System in dermatological procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin for 
the reduction, removal, and/or clearance of cellular-based benign lesions, including SH, SK, and cutaneous non-genital warts. The Company will continue 
to pursue specific indications for the CellFX System in the United States similar to the regulatory clearances already received in Europe and Canada. This 
will require additional 510(k) submissions for each subsequent indication, and will likely be based on comparative clinical data. In December 2021, the 
Company submitted a 510(k) to add the treatment of SH to the CellFX System’s indications for use in the United States. In February 2022 the Company 
received an AI letter from the FDA in response to the 510(k) submitted. In the AI letter, the FDA stated it did not believe the Company provided sufficient 
clinical evidence at this time to support the expanded indication for use, and that the Company had not met the primary endpoints of the SH FDA-approved 
IDE study. The Company anticipates meeting with the FDA to discuss the contents of the AI letter and potential next steps, which may require additional 
clinical data and potentially a new 510(k) submission.

In February 2021, the Company initiated controlled launch programs (Note 8) in the United States and the European Union and in June 2021 the 
Company  initiated  a  controlled  launch  program  in  Canada  (collectively,  our  “Controlled  Launch”).  In  August  2021,  the  Company  began  to  convert 
Controlled Launch Program participants into sales agreements, thereby triggering revenue recognition.

The Company was incorporated in Nevada on May 19, 2014. On June 18, 2018, the Company reincorporated from the State of Nevada to the State of 

Delaware. The Company is located in Hayward, California.

The Company’s activities are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, including the need for additional capital. The Company does not currently 
have  any  cash  flows  from  operations.  It  has  recently  commenced  revenue-generating  operations  and  will  need  to  raise  additional  capital  to  finance  its 
operations.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurances  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  obtain  additional  financing  on  acceptable  terms  and  in  the  amounts 
necessary to fully fund its operating requirements.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  

Going Concern

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $236.2 million, cash outflows from operations of $54.1 million for the year 
then ended, cash and cash equivalents of $28.6 million, and a net loss of $63.7 million. The Company has recently begun to generate revenue from product 
sales,  but  anticipates  net  losses  for  the  next  several  years  or  until  it  can  generate  substantial  product  revenue  and  achieve  profitability.  Based  on  the 
Company’s current operating plan, the Company has determined that, with its current financial resources, the Company would be able to operate into the 
second  quarter  of  2022.  As  the  Company’s  operating  plan  does  not  allow  the  Company  to  operate  for  a  period  of  twelve  months  from  the  date  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  are  issued  without  additional  financing,  based  on  the  ASC  205-40,  Presentation  of  Financial  Statements  –  Going 
Concern, the Company is required to disclose that substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern exists. This evaluation 
initially cannot take into consideration the potential mitigating effects of plans that have not been fully implemented as of the date the financial statements 
are  issued.  To  continue  to  fund  the  operations  of  the  Company  beyond  this  time  period,  management  has  developed  plans,  which  primarily  consist  of 
raising  additional  capital  through  some  combination  of  public  or  private  equity  offerings,  debt  financings,  the  Company’s  at-the-market  equity  offering 
program, and/or potential new collaborations. There is no assurance, however, that any additional financing or any revenue-generating collaboration will be 
available  when  needed  or  that  management  of  the  Company  will  be  able  to  obtain  financing  or  enter  into  a  collaboration  on  terms  acceptable  to  the 
Company. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets 
and  satisfaction  of  liabilities  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  The  consolidated  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  relating  to  the 
recoverability  and  classification  of  recorded  asset  amounts  or  the  amounts  and  classification  of  liabilities  that  might  result  from  the  outcome  of  this 
uncertainty.

Basis of Presentation

Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation in the consolidated financial statements and the 
accompanying notes. Sales and marketing expenses are reclassified out of general and administrative expenses, both of which are presented as separate line 
items. Amortization of intangible assets are reclassified to general and administrative expenses.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the United States Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The consolidated 
financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions have 
been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates that affect the amounts reported in 
the  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  to  the  financial  statements.  Estimates  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  valuation  and  recognition  of 
share-based  compensation,  inventory  valuation,  warranty  obligations,  income  taxes,  and  the  useful  lives  assigned  to  long-lived  assets.  The  Company 
evaluates  its  estimates  and  assumptions  based  on  historical  experience  and  other  factors  and  adjusts  those  estimates  and  assumptions  when  facts  and 
circumstances dictate. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and investments. The 
Company places its cash equivalents and investments with high credit quality financial institutions and, by policy, limits the amounts invested with any one 
financial institution or issuer. Deposits held with banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced 
any losses since inception. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company  believes  the  carrying  amounts  of  its  financial  instruments,  including  cash  equivalents,  prepaid  expenses  and  other  current  assets, 

accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of such instruments.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments 

The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  purchased  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  to  be  cash  equivalents.  The 
Company has designated all investments as available-for-sale and therefore, such investments are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses 
recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. The cost of marketable securities is adjusted for the amortization of 
premiums and discounts to expected maturity. Premium and discount amortization is included in other income, net. Realized gains and losses, as well as 
interest  income,  on  available-for-sale  securities  are  also  included  in  other  income,  net.  The  Company  includes  all  of  its  available-for-sale  securities  in 
current assets. 

All of the Company’s investments are subject to annual impairment review. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when a decline in the fair 
value  of  its  marketable  investments  below  the  cost  basis  is  judged  to  be  other-than-temporary.  Factors  considered  in  determining  whether  a  loss  is 
temporary include the length of time and extent to which the marketable investments fair value has been less than the cost basis, the financial condition and 
near-term prospects of the investee, extent of the loss related to credit of the issuer, the expected cash flows from the security, the Company’s intent to sell 
the security and whether or not the Company will be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost. No impairment losses were 
incurred during the periods presented.

Property and Equipment

Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  shorter  of  the  lease  term  or  estimated  useful  life.  Equipment  is 

recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from three to five years.

Valuation of Inventory

Inventory is stated at lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company establishes the inventory basis by determining the cost based on standard 
costs  approximating  the  purchase  costs  on  a  first-in,  first-out  basis.  Net  realizable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  the 
Company’s  business,  less  reasonably  predictable  costs  of  completion,  disposal,  and  transportation.  The  cost  basis  of  the  Company’s  inventory  will  be 
reduced for any products that are considered excessive or obsolete based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. At December 31, 
2021, there is no reduction to the balance of inventory for excessive and obsolete inventory.  

Intangible Assets

The Company’s intangible assets consist of acquired patents and licenses, which are amortized over their estimated useful lives of twelve years.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, consisting of property and equipment and intangible assets, for impairment during each fiscal year or when 
events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets may exceed their current fair values. Recoverability of assets to be held and 
used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. 
No impairment losses were incurred during the periods presented.

Goodwill

The  Company  records  goodwill  when  the  consideration  paid  in  a  business  acquisition  exceeds  the  fair  value  of  the  net  tangible  assets  and  the 
identified intangible assets acquired. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually or whenever changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the goodwill may not be recoverable. To date, there has been no impairment of goodwill.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  at  a  point  in  time  when  it  satisfies  performance  obligations  by  transferring  control  of  promised  goods  to  its 
customers.  The  amount  of  revenue  recognized  is  equal  to  the  consideration  which  the  Company  is  entitled  to  in  exchange  for  the  promised  goods, 
excluding any amounts assessed by government authorities for taxes which might be collected from a customer. Sales contracts often involve the sale and 
delivery of multiple products, each of which typically represent a separate performance obligation in the contract. While the Company sells these products 
on a stand-alone basis at their respective SSP, initial customer contracts will likely involve the bundling of products which will be delivered concurrently to 
the customer. In such instances, the full consideration of the contract will be recognized upon shipment of the products. The Company generally requires 
receipt of full payment prior to shipment, however, from time to time, payment terms may be extended to customers upon which the Company will perform 
a necessary  credit  evaluation  to  ensure  future  collectability  of  the  outstanding  balance.  The  Company  does  not  believe  any  portion  of  the  outstanding 
accounts receivable balance to be uncollectible, and has therefore not recorded an allowance against the accounts receivable balance. Refer to Note 9 for 
further details.

Product Warranty

The Company provides a standard warranty on eligible products which provides the customer assurances that the products comply with the agreed-
upon specifications. The standard warranty does not provide any services in addition to those assurances. The Company accrues a warranty reserve for 
products sold based upon the best estimate of the nature, frequency, and costs of future claims. These estimates are inherently uncertain given the short 
history  of  sales,  and  changes  to  the  historical  or  projected  warranty  experience  may  cause  material  changes  to  the  warranty  reserve  in  the  future.  The 
warranty  reserve  is  included  within  Accrued  expenses  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Warranty  expense  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  Cost  of 
Revenues in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Warranty accrual activity consisted of the following (in thousands):

Beginning balance
     Add: Accruals for warranties issued during the period
     Less: Settlements made during the period
Ending balance

Stock-Based Compensation

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

 —  
 80  
 —  
 80  

$

$

 —
 —
 —
 —

$

$

The Company recognizes the cost of stock-based compensation in the financial statements based upon fair value. The fair value of stock options is 
determined as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of Restricted Stock Units (“RSU”) awards is determined based 
on  the  number  of  units  granted  and  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  grant  date.  The  fair  value  of  each  purchase  under  the 
employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) is estimated at the beginning of the offering period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company’s 
determination  of  the  fair  value  of  equity-settled  awards  is  impacted  by  the  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  as  well  as  changes  in  assumptions 
regarding  a  number  of  complex  and  subjective  variables.  These  variables  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  expected  term  that  awards  will  remain 
outstanding, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. The fair value of an award 
is recognized over the period during which service is required to be performed in exchange for the award, the requisite service period (usually the vesting 
period) on a straight-line basis. The Company accounts for all equity instruments awarded to non-employees at the fair value of the award issued on the day 
of the grant. The fair value of these equity instruments are expensed over the requisite service period. Certain stock options awarded to the Company’s 
executives  and  other  key  employees  contain  performance  conditions  related  to  certain  financial  measures  and  achievements  of  strategic/operational 
milestones (“performance options”). These performance options can contain both service and performance-based vesting conditions. The fair value of these 
performance  options  is  recognized  using  the  graded  vesting  method  over  the  requisite  service  period  beginning  in  the  period  in  which  the  awards  are 
deemed probable to vest, to the extent such awards are probable to vest.   

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Estimates of the fair value of equity-settled awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, are 
affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value of the award and the 
stock-based  compensation  expense  recognized.  These  inputs  are  subjective  and  generally  require  significant  analysis  and  judgment  to  develop.  The 
Company  determines  the  volatility  factor  based  on  the  weighted  average  of  its  own  historical  volatility  and  those  of  comparable  public  companies  in 
similar industries. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of 
the equity-settled award. For all stock options granted to date, the Company used the simplified method to calculate the expected term, which is the average 
of the contractual term and vesting period.

See Note 6 for a detailed discussion of the Company’s stock plans and stock-based compensation expense. 

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs consist primarily of compensation costs, fees paid to consultants and outside service providers and organizations 
(including university research institutes), costs associated with clinical trials, development prototypes and other expenses relating to the acquisition, design, 
development  and  testing  of  the  Company’s  product  candidates,  and  certain  facilities  related  costs.  Research  and  development  costs  incurred  by  the 
Company are expensed as incurred, unless the achievement of milestones, the completion of contracted work, or other information indicates that a different 
expensing schedule is more appropriate.

Patent Costs

The Company is the owner of numerous domestic and foreign patents. Due to the significant uncertainty associated with the successful development 
of  one  or  more  commercially  viable  products  based  on  the  Company’s  research  efforts  and  any  related  patent  applications,  patent  costs  not  related  to 
acquired patents, including patent-related legal fees, filing fees and other costs, including internally generated costs, are expensed as incurred. During the 
years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, patent costs totaled $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Patent costs are included in 
general and administrative costs in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Accordingly, 
the  Company  recognizes  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  impact  of  differences  between  the  financial  statements  and  the  tax  basis  of 
assets and liabilities.

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized. In the event the 
Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of its recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax 
assets would be credited to operations in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should the Company determine that it would not be able to 
realize  all  or  part  of  its  deferred  tax  assets  in  the  future,  an  adjustment  to  the  deferred  tax  assets  would  be  charged  to  operations  in  the  period  such 
determination was made.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income taxes and state income taxes in various states. As the Company’s net operating losses have yet to be 
utilized,  previous  tax  years  remain  open  to  examination  by  federal  authorities  and  other  jurisdictions  in  which  the  Company  currently  operates  or  has 
operated in the past. The Company is not currently under examination by any tax authority.

The  Company  accounts  for  uncertainties  in  income  tax  law  under  a  comprehensive  model  for  the  financial  statement  recognition,  measurement, 
presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns as prescribed by U.S. GAAP. The tax effects of a 
position are recognized only if it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained by the taxing authority as of the reporting date. If the tax position is not considered 
more-likely-than-not to be sustained, then no benefits of the position are recognized. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had not recorded any 
liability for uncertain tax positions. The Company includes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale investments. The Company displays comprehensive loss 

and its components as part of the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Net Loss per Share

The Company calculates basic net loss per share by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during 
the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. For 
purposes of this calculation, options to purchase common stock and common stock warrants are considered common stock equivalents. Potential common 
shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted net 
loss per share. 

The following outstanding stock options, warrants, and RSUs to purchase common stock were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per 

share for the periods presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

Common stock warrants
Common stock options
Restricted stock units
Total

Segment and Geographical Information

2021

 —  

 5,996,813

 —  

 5,996,813

Year Ended December 31,
2020

 612,310
 5,039,194
 111,305
 5,762,809

2019

 167,847
 3,749,186
 222,606
 4,139,639

The  Company  operates  in  one  segment  and  reports  segment  information  in  accordance  with  ASC  280,  Segment  Reporting.  Management 
uses  one  measurement  of  profitability  and  does  not  segregate  its  business  for  internal  reporting,  however  in  making  certain  operating  decisions  and 
assessing  performance,  management  will  additionally  review  the  disaggregated  revenue  results  by  product  and  geography.  As  of  December  31, 
2021 and 2020, 100% of long-lived assets were in the United States. Revenue is attributed to a geographic region based on the location of the end customer. 

See Note 10 for details of revenue by product and geography.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  No.  2014-09,  Revenue  from 
Contracts with Customers, requiring an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or 
services to customers. This updated standard became effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. The Company began to recognize 
revenue in 2021 using this updated standard. See Note 9 for additional details of the revenue recognition approach.

In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-18 Collaborative Arrangements – Clarifying the Interaction between Topic 808 (Collaborative 
Arrangements) and Topic 606 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers), which clarifies the interaction between ASC 808, Collaborative Arrangements 
and ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). The ASU clarifies that certain transactions between participants in a collaborative 
arrangement  should  be  accounted  for  under  ASC  606  when  the  counterparty  is  a  customer.  In  addition,  the  ASU  precludes  an  entity  from  presenting 
consideration from a transaction in a collaborative arrangement as revenue if the counterparty is not a customer for that transaction. The Company adopted 
the standard on January 1, 2020, however, did not record revenue until August 2021 and does not currently have any collaborative arrangements in place. 
The adoption of the new standard had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-12,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Income  Taxes,  which  eliminates 
certain  exceptions  related  to  the  general  principles  in  ASC  740  and  makes  amendments  to  other  areas  with  the  intention  of  simplifying  various  aspects 
related to accounting for income taxes. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods therein; 
with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  Company  adopted  the  Topic  740  effective  January  1,  2021.  The  adoption  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
Company’s financial statements.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

3. Investments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Investments

The Company’s investments have been classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. At December 31, 2021 the Company had no investments 

outstanding. The Company’s investments consisted of the following at December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

U.S. Treasury securities
Total assets measured at fair value

 $
 $

 8,013  $
 8,013  $

—  $
—  $

 $
 (1)
—  $

 8,012
 8,012

Cost

  Gross Unrealized Gains

  Gross Unrealized Losses

Fair Value

December 31, 2020

The contractual maturities of the Company’s investments were as follows (in thousands):

Due in one year
Due in one to two years
Total

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

December 31,

2021

2020

 —  $
 —   
 —  $

 8,012
 —
 8,012

  $

  $

The Company determines the fair value of its financial instruments based on a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques 

used to measure fair value into three levels:

Level 1 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for an identical asset or liability that the Company has the ability to access as of 

the measurement date. Financial assets and liabilities utilizing Level 1 inputs include money market funds.

Level 2 – Inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, which are directly observable for the asset or liability or indirectly observable 
through corroboration with observable market data. Financial assets and liabilities utilizing Level 2 inputs include commercial paper, corporate bonds and 
asset-backed securities.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data for the asset or liability which requires the reporting entity to develop its own 

assumptions. The Company did not classify any of its investments within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets measured on a recurring basis (in thousands):

Assets
Money market funds
Total assets measured at fair value

Assets
Money market funds
U.S. Treasury securities
U.S. Treasury securities
Total assets measured at fair value

Classification
Cash and cash equivalents

Classification
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents
Investments

$
$

$

$

Level 1

 23,675   $
 23,675   $

Level 1

 7,176   $
— 
— 
 7,176   $

December 31, 2021

Level 2

Level 3

—  $
 -  $

December 31, 2020

Level 2

Level 3

—  $

 2,004  
 8,012  
 10,016   $

—  $
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
—  $

Total

 23,675  
 23,675  

Total

 7,176  
 2,004  
 8,012  
 17,192  

During year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not record impairment charges related to its marketable investments. During the 
years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  did  not  have  any  transfers  between  Level  1,  Level  2  or  Level  3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy. 
Additionally, the Company did not have any financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 or 
2020.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

4.  Balance Sheet Components

Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods
     Total inventory

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Leasehold improvements
Laboratory equipment
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
Software
Construction in progress

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

 2,010   $
 1,371  
 2,443  
 5,824   $

 —
 —
 —
 —

December 31,

2021

2020

 2,519
 1,019
 932
 202
 186
 4,858
 (2,396)
 2,462

 $

 $

 2,805
 878
 517
 128
 66
 4,394
 (1,916)
 2,478

  $

  $

 $

 $

The lease for the Company’s current premises in Hayward, California began in July 2017, per terms of the lease, the landlord provided $2.1 million 

in tenant improvement allowance which was capitalized. 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $0.5 million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million, respectively.

Intangible Assets, net

Intangible assets primarily consist of a license to utilize certain patents, know-how and technology relating to the Company’s NPS for biomedical 
applications  acquired  from  Old  Dominion  University  Research  Foundation  (ODURF),  Eastern  Virginia  Medical  School  (EVMS),  and  the  University  of 
Southern  California.  In  addition,  the  Company  entered  into  a  sponsored  research  agreement  (“SRA”)  with  Old  Dominion  University’s  Frank  Reidy 
Research Center for Bioelectrics, a leading research organization in the field, which includes certain intellectual property rights arising from the research.
The Company is amortizing the intangible assets over an estimated useful life of 12 years.

Intangible assets, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

Acquired patents and licenses
Less: Accumulated amortization

A schedule of the amortization of intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

Years ending December 31:
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026

78

December 31,

2021

2020

  $

  $

 7,985   $
 (4,769) 
 3,216   $

 7,985
 (4,103)
 3,882

  $

  $

 665
 665
 665
 665
 556
 3,216

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Compensation expense
Controlled launch (Note 8)
Director and officer liability insurance (Note 12)
Clinical trial fees and costs
Professional fees
Warranty
Other

5.  Goodwill

December 31,

2021

2020

   $

   $

 2,932   $
 534  
 —  
 245  
 85  
 80  
 513  
 4,389   $

 3,324
 —
 1,563
 188
 87
 —
 164
 5,326

In 2014, the Company acquired three companies (the acquisitions) for aggregate consideration of $5.5 million. In accordance with ASC Topic 805, 
Business Combinations, the Company recorded goodwill of $2.8 million in connection with the acquisitions, which represents the excess of consideration 
paid over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. 

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually or whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill may 

not be recoverable. Based on the Company’s annual review as of December 31, 2021, the Company determined that its goodwill was not impaired.

6.  Stockholders’ Equity and Stock-Based Compensation 

Preferred Stock

The Company has authorized a total of 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, none of which were outstanding at December 
31, 2021 and 2020. The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) has the authority to issue preferred stock and to determine the rights, preferences, 
privileges, and restrictions, including voting rights, without any further vote or action by the Company’s stockholders.

Common Stock

The Company has authorized a total of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Private Placement Securities Purchase Agreement

On June 30, 2021, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Robert W. Duggan, the Company’s largest stockholder and Board 
Chairman, pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to Mr. Duggan 3,048,780 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 
in a private placement (the “Private Placement”), at a price per share of $16.40, which was the market closing price on the date of the transaction. These 
shares  were  paid  for  through  (i)  the  conversion  of  $41.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount,  together  with  all  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  outstanding, 
owed  to  Mr.  Duggan  under  the  Loan  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Mr.  Duggan  (Note  13),  and  (ii)  additional  cash  in  the  amount  of 
approximately $8.4 million. Upon the closing of this Private Placement and satisfaction of the outstanding debt, the Loan Agreement terminated, without 
any early termination fees or penalties being owed by the Company, and no additional amounts were owed to Mr. Duggan under the Loan Agreement. The 
cash proceeds of approximately $8.4 million were received by the Company in July 2021.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

At-the-Market Equity Offering

On February 4, 2021, the Company entered into a sales agreement (the “Sales Agreement”) with Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Inc. (“Stifel”) as sales 
agent, pursuant to which the Company may offer and sell, from time to time, through Stifel, up to $60.0 million in shares of common stock, by any method 
permitted  by  law  deemed  to  be  an  “at-the-market”  offering  as  defined  in  Rule  415  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended.  The 
Company  has  no  obligation  to  make  any  sales  of  its  common  stock  pursuant  to  such  Sales  Agreement.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  the 
Company issued and sold 288,490 shares of common stock under the Sales Agreement. The shares were sold at a weighted average price of $27.73 per 
share for aggregate net proceeds of approximately $7.4 million, after deducting sales commissions and offering costs payable by the Company. 

Rights Offering

During  June  2020,  the  Company  completed  a  rights  offering  to  purchase  up  to  $30.0  million  of  units,  each  unit  consisting  of  one  share  of  the 
Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 0.15 warrants to purchase shares of common stock (the “Units”) at a price of $7.01 per Unit 
(the  “Rights  Offering”).  The  common  stock  and  warrants  comprising  the  Units  separated  upon  the  closing  of  the  Rights  Offering  and  were  issued 
separately. 

A total of 4,279,600 shares of common stock and 641,571 warrants (the “Rights Offering Warrants”) were issued and sold in the Rights Offering for 
net proceeds of approximately $29.4 million. Each warrant was exercisable for one share of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to 
$7.01,  the  subscription  price  for  the  Units.  The  Rights  Offering  Warrants  were  exercisable  immediately  and  expired  on  the  fifth  anniversary  of  the 
completion of the Rights Offering, or June 16, 2025, subject to certain redemption rights by the Company. The Rights Offering Warrants were subject to 
redemption by the Company, on or after December 16, 2020, six months after the issuance date, for $0.01 per warrant, with not less than 30 days written 
notice, if the volume weighted average price of our common stock equaled or exceeded 200% of the exercise price for the Rights Offering Warrants for 10 
consecutive trading days.

Common Stock Warrants

In connection with a private placement offering of the Company’s shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share in 2014, the Company issued 
warrants  as  compensation  to  the  placement  agent  to  purchase  a  total  of  299,625  shares  of  its  common  stock  at  a  price  of  $2.67  per  share  (the  “Private 
Placement Warrants”). The Private Placement Warrants were exercisable for a period of seven years. In March 2021, warrants to purchase 45,638 shares of 
common stock were net exercised, resulting in the issuance of 40,563 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2021, there were no Private Placement 
Warrants outstanding. 

In connection with the closing of the Company’s initial public offering in 2016, the Company issued warrants as compensation to its underwriters, as 
representatives of the underwriters of its initial public offering to purchase a total of 574,985 shares of its common stock at a price of $5.00 per share (the 
“IPO Warrants”). The IPO Warrants were exercisable for a period of five years. In March 2021, warrants to purchase 85,385 shares of common stock were 
net exercised, resulting in the issuance of 68,958 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2021, there were no IPO Warrants outstanding.

In  connection  with  the  Rights  Offering,  the  Company  issued  warrants  (“Rights  Offering  Warrants”)  to  purchase  a  total  of  641,571  shares  of  its 
common stock at an exercise price of $7.01. On December 31, 2020 the Company met the requirements for redemption of these warrants and delivered a 
notice of redemption to redeem all of the outstanding Rights Offering Warrants that remained unexercised at February 5, 2021, for the redemption price of 
$0.01 per warrant. Pursuant to the redemption, the Company redeemed 5,139 warrants. Prior to the February 5, 2021 redemption date, 636,432 warrants 
were exercised, generating approximately $4.5 million of total gross proceeds to the Company. As of December 31, 2021, there were no Rights Offering 
Warrants outstanding.      

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

A summary of total warrants activity for the year ended December 31, 2021 is presented below:

Warrants outstanding at December 31, 2020
     Issued
     Exercised
     Expired/Redeemed
Warrants outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2021

Equity Plans 

2017 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Inducement Equity Incentive Plan

Number of
Shares

 612,310

 $
 —   

 (585,069)
 (27,241)

 —  $

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)

 6.40

 —  

 6.47
 3.56

 —  

 0.26

 —

The Board previously adopted, and the Company’s stockholders approved, the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”).

The 2017 Plan has a 10-year term, and provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance units, 
and  performance  shares  to  employees,  directors  and  consultants  of  the  Company  and  any  parent  or  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  as  the  Compensation 
Committee of the Board may determine. Subject to an annual evergreen increase and adjustment in the case of certain capitalization events, the Company 
initially reserved 1,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2017 Plan. In addition, shares remaining 
available  under  the  Company’s  2015  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  (the  “2015  Plan”),  and  shares  reserved  but  not  issued  pursuant  to  outstanding 
equity awards that expire or terminate without being exercised or that are forfeited or repurchased by the Company will be added to the shares of common 
stock available for issuance under the 2017 Plan. The 2017 Plan is administered by the Board’s Compensation Committee. Effective January 1, 2021 and 
2020,  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  available  under  the  2017  Plan  increased  by  1,022,002  and  833,018  shares,  respectively,  pursuant  to  the 
evergreen provision of the 2017 Plan. Under the evergreen provision of the 2017 Plan, the share increase is determined based on the least of (i) 1,200,000 
shares,  (ii)  4%  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  outstanding  at  December  31  of  the  immediately  preceding  year,  or  (iii)  such  number  of  shares  as 
determined by the Board. As of December 31, 2021, 443,196 shares of common stock remained available for issuance under the 2017 Plan.

During  November  2017,  the  Board  of  the  Company  adopted  the  2017  Inducement  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  “Inducement  Plan”)  and  reserved 
1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance pursuant to equity awards granted under the Inducement Plan. The Inducement Plan was 
adopted without stockholder approval.

The Inducement Plan has a 10-year term and provides for the grant of equity-based awards, including non-statutory stock options, RSUs, restricted 
stock, stock appreciation rights, performance shares and performance units, and its terms are substantially similar to the 2017 Plan, including with respect 
to treatment of equity awards in the event of a “merger” or “change in control” as defined under the Inducement Plan. Options issued under the Inducement 
Plan may have a term up to ten years and have variable vesting provisions. New hire grants generally vest 25% per year starting upon the first anniversary 
of the grant. Equity-based awards issued under the Inducement Plan are only issuable to individuals not previously engaged as employees or non-employee 
directors of the Company prior to the Inducement Plan’s adoption date. In May 2021, the Board approved an amendment to the Inducement Plan to reserve 
an additional 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance pursuant to the Inducement Plan. As of December 31, 2021, 1,044,513 shares 
of common stock were available for issuance under the Inducement Plan.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

A summary of stock option activity under the 2015 Plan, 2017 Plan and Inducement Plan for the year ended December 31, 2021 is presented below:

Balances - December 31, 2020
     Options granted
     Options exercised
     Options canceled
     Options expired
Balances - December 31, 2021
Stock options exercisable at December 31, 2021

Time-based Options

Number of
Shares

 $

 5,039,194
 1,239,588
 (53,731)
 (162,975)
 (65,263)
 5,996,813   $
 3,312,074   $

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)

 14.26
 22.10   
 11.47
 16.94   
 19.92
 15.77   
 15.96   

 7.83

 7.33
 6.23

The Company awards time-based options which vest and become exercisable, subject to the individual’s continued employment or service through 
the applicable vesting date. Time-based options can have various vesting schedules, most commonly new hire grants which generally vest 25%  per  year 
starting upon the first anniversary of the grant.   

A summary of the time-based stock option activity under the 2015 Plan, 2017 Plan and Inducement Plan for the year ended December 31, 2021 is 

presented below:

Balances — December 31, 2020
     Options granted
     Options exercised
     Options canceled
     Options expired
Balances — December 31, 2021
Exercisable — December 31, 2021

Stock Options Outstanding

Weighted
average
exercise price

15.04    
22.04    
11.47    
16.94    
19.92    
16.44    
16.38    

Number 
of shares

 4,055,352   $
 1,023,333    
 (53,731)   
 (162,975)   
 (65,263)   
 4,796,716   $
 3,018,902   $

Weighted
average
remaining life
(in years)

6.37  

7.05  
6.05  

The intrinsic value of time-based options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $0.8 million, $1.6 million, and 

$1.0 million, respectively.

The fair value of the time-based options granted to employees and directors during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $15.1 

million, $6.7 million, and $8.4 million, respectively.

Performance Options

Certain  stock  options  awarded  to  the  Company’s  executives  and  other  key  employees  contain  performance  conditions  related  to  certain  financial 
measures and achievements of strategic/operational milestones. The options will vest and become exercisable once the specific performance condition is 
fulfilled. 

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

A summary of the performance option activity under the 2017 Plan and Inducement Plan for the year ended December 31, 2021 is presented below:

Balances — December 31, 2020
     Options granted
     Options exercised
     Options canceled
     Options expired
Balances — December 31, 2021
Exercisable — December 31, 2021

Stock Options Outstanding

Weighted
average
exercise price

11.06    
22.41    
 —    
 —    
 —    
13.11    
11.64    

Number 
of shares

 983,842   $
 216,255    
 —    
 —    
 —    
 1,200,097   $
 293,172   $

Weighted
average
remaining life
(in years)

8.25  

8.44  
8.08  

The fair value of the performance options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $2.5 million, $5.5 

million, and $0.4 million, respectively.

The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model utilizing the following assumptions:

Expected term in years
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

5.3 - 6.1  
78%  
0.9 - 1.4%  
—  

5.3 - 6.1  
70%  
0.3 - 0.5%  
—  

0.4 - 6.1
70%
1.4 - 2.6%
—

The Board previously adopted and the stockholders approved the Company’s 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2017 ESPP”).

The  2017  ESPP  is  a  broad-based  plan  that  provides  employees  of  the  Company  and  its  designated  affiliates  with  the  opportunity  to  become 
stockholders through periodic payroll deductions that are applied towards the purchase of Company common shares at a discount from the then-current 
market  price.  Subject  to  adjustment  in  the  case  of  certain  capitalization  events,  a  total  of  250,000  common  shares  of  the  Company  were  available  for 
purchase at adoption of the 2017 ESPP. Pursuant to the 2017 ESPP, the annual share increase pursuant to the evergreen provision is determined based on 
the least of (i) 450,000 shares, (ii) 1.5%  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  outstanding  at  December  31  of  the  immediately  preceding  year,  or  (iii)  such 
number of shares as determined by the Board. In 2020 the Board determined not to increase the number of shares of common stock available pursuant to 
the evergreen provision. Effective January 1, 2021, pursuant to the evergreen provision of the 2017 ESPP, the number of shares of common stock available 
under the 2017 ESPP was increased by 383,250  shares.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  issued  91,378  and  82,971 
shares of common stock under the 2017 ESPP, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, 649,096 shares of common stock remained available for issuance 
under the 2017 ESPP.

The fair value of ESPP was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model utilizing the following assumptions: 

Expected term in years
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield

Restricted Stock Units

2021

0.5 - 1.0  
78%  
0.06% - 0.1%  
—  

Year Ended December 31,
2020

0.5 - 1.0  
70%  
0.1% - 1.0%  
—  

2019

0.5 - 1.0
70%
1.7% - 2.6%
—

The fair value of RSU awards is determined based on the number of units granted and the closing price of the Company’s common stock as of the 

grant date. The estimated fair value of RSUs is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company granted 160,974 RSUs to the Chief Executive Officer, all of which vested in June 2018. 
These shares were partially released in 2019, resulting in a net issuance of shares. Additional paid in capital was reduced for tax payments related to shares 
withheld  in  connection  with  the  release.  The  remaining  shares  under  this  grant  were  released  in  2021,  and  at  December  31,  2021  no  shares  were 
outstanding under this grant. There was no stock-based compensation expense related to these RSUs recorded in the years ended December 31, 2021, 2022 
and 2019. As of December 31, 2021, there was no unrecognized compensation expense related to these RSUs.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company granted 68,800 RSUs to certain employees, of which 50% vested on June 1, 2019 while the 
remaining 50% vested on June 1, 2021. The stock-based compensation expense recorded in the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 related to 
these  RSUs  was  approximately  $0.1  million,  $0.3  million,  and  $0.4  million,  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  there  was  no  unrecognized 
compensation expense related to these RSUs.

Stock-based Compensation 

Total stock-based compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss was as follows (in thousands):

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total stock-based compensation expense

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $

  $

 129   $

 5,211  
 2,749  
 6,512  
 14,601   $

 —   $

 4,013  
 1,187  
 4,875  
 10,075   $

 —
 3,821
 883
 6,583
 11,287

As of December 31, 2021, not all of the performance conditions of the performance options are probable to be achieved. Compensation expense has 

only been recognized for those conditions that are assumed to be probable.

In February 2021, the Compensation Committee approved of a modification to certain vesting conditions of outstanding Performance Options. The 
Company had not recognized any compensation expense in relation to these Performance Options as the performance condition was previously deemed to 
be improbable. However, upon modification those specific performance conditions were deemed probable and fully vested. As such, during the year ended 
December  31,  2021,  the  full  expense  in  relation  to  the  amended  performance  conditions  was  recognized  resulting  in  $4.1  million  of  additional  stock-
compensation expense.

In October 2021, the Board amended the outstanding option awards of Kenneth A. Clark upon his resignation from the Board. The requirement that 
Mr. Clark exercise his vested options within ninety days of his resignation was waived. Mr. Clark will have the ability to exercise his outstanding vested 
option awards at any time during their ten-year term from the date of each grant, subject to earlier termination as may occur under the 2017 Plan. This 
amendment resulted in $1.4 million of additional stock-compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Total stock-based compensation expense by type was as follows (in thousands):

Time-based options
Performance options
RSU
ESPP

Total stock-based compensation expense

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $

  $

 9,235   $
 4,840  
 —  
 526  
 14,601   $

 8,739   $
 133  
 86  
 1,117  
 10,075   $

 10,895
 100
 —
 292
 11,287

At  December  31,  2021,  there  was  $15.8 million  of  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  stock-based  compensation  arrangements, 

which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.7 years.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

7.  Research Grants and Agreements 

Sponsored Research Agreement 

The Company entered into a SRA with ODURF during 2014 pursuant to which the Company sponsors research activities performed by ODURF’s 
Frank Reidy Center. ODURF is compensated by the Company for its conduct of each study in accordance with the budget and payment terms set forth in 
the applicable task order. In August 2018, we agreed to sponsor a task order for research in the amount of $0.8 million and in September 2019, we agreed 
to sponsor an additional task order for research in the amount of $0.8 million each to be performed during their respective subsequent 12-month periods. In 
March 2021, we agreed to sponsor a task order for research in the amount of $0.3 million and in May 2021 we sponsored an additional task order for $0.3 
million  each  to  be  performed  during  their  respective  subsequent  12-month  periods.  These  sponsored  researches  are  funded  through  monthly  payments 
made upon ODURF certifying, to our reasonable satisfaction, that ODURF has met its obligations pursuant to the specified task order and statement of 
work. The principal investigator may transfer funds within the budget as needed with our approval so long as the obligations of ODURF under the task 
order and statement of work remain unchanged and unimpaired. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we incurred costs relating to 
the SRA equal to $0.3 million, $0.6 million and $0.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, there is a $0.3 million balance payable under this 
research agreement.

8. Controlled Launch

In  February  2021,  the  Company  received  510(k)  clearance  from  the  U.S.  FDA  for  its  proprietary  CellFX  System  for  dermatologic  procedures 
requiring  ablation  and  resurfacing  of  the  skin.  In  January  2021,  the  Company  received  CE  marking  approval  for  the  CellFX  System,  which  allows  for 
marketing of the system in the EU for treatment of general dermatologic conditions, including SH, SK, and cutaneous non-genital warts. Additionally, in 
June  2021  the  Company  received  Health  Canada  approval  for  the  CellFX  System,  which  allows  for  marketing  of  the  system  in  Canada  for  use  in 
dermatological procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin for the reduction, removal, and/or clearance of cellular-based benign lesions. In 
February 2021, the Company commenced a controlled launch of the CellFX System in the United States and European Union via its CellFX Expectations 
Excelled  Program  (the  “Controlled  Launch”).  Subsequent  to  receiving  Health  Canada  approval  in  June  2021,  the  Company  also  commenced  a  its 
Controlled Launch in Canada.

As part of the Controlled Launch, the Company selected 70 physicians and their practices to be the first physician consultants to launch the CellFX 
System and the associated CellFX commercial procedures into their respective markets and geographies. According to the Controlled Launch program, the 
Company provides and sets up a CellFX System at each physician site and provides the physician with the necessary related products and components, free 
of charge, to complete the requirements of the Controlled Launch. Each CellFX System and any unused component products remain the property of the 
Company throughout the Controlled Launch. Each physician identifies and recruits up to 40 or 50 patients, depending on the contract, for participation in 
the Controlled Launch, performing a CellFX procedure on each of the appropriately selected patients. Under the Controlled Launch, the physician and their 
patients  complete  evaluation  surveys  about  their  experiences  with  the  CellFX  System  and  provide  other  information  helpful  to  the  Company.  Upon 
completion  of  the  procedures  and  the  survey  feedback,  the  physician  earns  either  credits  which  can  be  used  towards  the  future  purchase  of  the  CellFX 
System or, in some jurisdictions, fair payment for their time and effort completing the paperwork required under the Controlled Launch program. Credits 
earned and, if applicable, any other payments earned are limited to a maximum amount dependent on the number of surveys received by the Company. 
Upon  completion  of  the  Controlled  Launch,  each  physician  may  choose  to  either  enter  into  a  purchase  agreement  with  the  Company,  under  which  the 
physician  may  use  the  credits  earned  (or  other  payments  earned,  as  applicable)  towards  the  purchase  of  the  already-delivered  CellFX  System,  or  the 
physician must return the CellFX System to the Company. 

As  patient  procedures  and  surveys  are  completed  under  the  Controlled  Launch,  the  Company  accrues  the  value  of  the  credits  earned,  which  are 
recorded in accrued expenses on the balance sheet, with a corresponding charge to sales and marketing expense. During year ended December 31, 2021, the 
Company recorded $1.8 million of sales and marketing expense in relation to the Controlled Launch. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  certain  consultants  completed  the  Controlled  Launch  and  entered  into  purchase  agreements  with  the 
Company, whereby they used their credits or other earned payments towards the purchase of a CellFX System. Accordingly, approximately $1.1 million of 
the accrued liability related to the Controlled Launch was relieved and recognized as revenue on a non-cash basis as a result of the purchase. See Note 9 for 
additional detail of revenue transactions.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

9. Revenue

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  at  a  point  in  time  when  it  satisfies  performance  obligations  by  transferring  control  of  promised  goods  to  its 
customers.  The  amount  of  revenue  recognized  is  equal  to  the  consideration  which  the  Company  is  entitled  to  in  exchange  for  the  promised  goods, 
excluding any amounts assessed by government authorities for taxes which might be collected from a customer. This consideration may include non-cash 
services  performed,  as  is  the  case  with  revenue  recognized  in  connection  with  the  Controlled  Launch.  Total  revenue  recognized  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2021  was  $1.4  million,  of  which  approximately  $1.1  million  was  driven  by  the  redemption  of  non-cash  credits  earned  as  part  of  the 
Controlled Launch, with the balance of approximately $0.3 million driven by cash purchases of cycle units (“CUs”) and the first two CellFX commercial 
consoles sold. 

Sales contracts often involve the sale and delivery of multiple performance obligations in the contract. 

Performance Obligations

Systems consist of the CellFX console and its embedded software, handpieces, and disposable tips. The console is a physical piece of hardware used 
by the customer to perform patient procedures. Individually the console and software are not distinct, therefore the Company combines the console and 
embedded  software  to  form  one  distinct  system  performance  obligation.  Payment  for  systems  is  generally  due  prior  to  shipment,  and  the  system 
performance obligation is satisfied upon shipment of the system to the customer. 

Handpieces are attached to the console and used in conjunction with tips to perform patient procedures. Generally, upon initial sale of a system to a 
customer,  the  Company  will  include  two  handpieces.  The  handpiece  has  a  shorter  expected  useful  life  than  the  console,  and  a  customer  can  purchase 
additional handpieces when needed, as they are available for sale on a stand-alone basis. Payment for handpieces is generally due prior to shipment, and 
handpieces  represent  a  distinct  performance  obligation  which  is  satisfied  either  upon  shipment,  or  upon  delivery  of  the  handpiece  to  the  customer, 
depending on the specific contract.

Tips are single-patient multiple-use products that come in different sizes, each of which are to be used for specific procedures. Tips are attached to 
the handpiece for use in patient procedures and, upon detachment from the handpiece, a tip cannot be reused, and it must be disposed of. Tips are available 
for sale on a stand-alone basis and payment is generally due prior to shipment. Tips represent a distinct performance obligation which is satisfied either 
upon shipment, or upon delivery of the tips to the customer, depending on the specific contract.

CUs are credits that authorize the customer to perform a procedure, or cycle. Each procedure requires a specific number of CUs, dependent upon type 
of tip used and procedure level selected. As the procedure is performed, the applicable number of CUs are decremented. When the customer’s balance of 
CUs on a specific system is depleted, the system will no longer function until the customer purchases additional CUs. Customers can purchase additional 
CUs via the Company’s CellFX Marketplace which is an online marketplace accessible directly from the CellFX System. Payment for CUs is due upon 
order  placement  and  the  CUs  are  immediately  available  for  download  to  the  console  via  CellFX  CloudConnect.  CUs  represent  a  distinct  performance 
obligation which is satisfied upon delivery of the CUs to CellFX CloudConnect.

Shipping  and  handling  activities  are  not  considered  to  be  a  separate  performance  obligation.  The  Company’s  standard  commercial  agreements 
generally  include  FOB  shipping  point  terms.  The  Company  has  made  an  accounting  policy  election  to  account  for  shipping  and  handling  costs  as 
fulfillment costs because the shipping and handling activities occur after the customer obtains control of the product. 

Transaction Price

When there are multiple performance obligations present, the total transaction price shall be allocated to each of the performance obligations based 
upon  the  relative  SSPs  of  those  performance  obligations.  The  Company  establishes  SSPs  based  on  multiple  factors  including,  prices  charged  by  the 
Company for similar offerings, product-specific business objectives, and the estimated cost to provide the performance obligation. However, upon the sale 
of a new CellFX System, all performance obligations are delivered concurrently and therefore there is no impact to revenue recognition timing, and the 
Company has determined allocations are not necessary. Should the customer purchase additional CUs, handpieces, or tips at a later time, those purchases 
will be made under separate purchase agreements, generally containing only one performance obligation each, therefore no price allocation is necessary in 
that scenario either.

86

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  Company  evaluates  the  possible  impact  of  variable  consideration  in  determining  the  transaction  price,  in  particular  the  possibility  of  future 
returns or credits. Sales agreements allow for a right of return only if the product does not conform to the agreed upon quality standards or if the product 
was shipped due to Company error. The Company anticipates such returns will be minimal and has made no adjustments to the transaction price for any 
estimated returns.

The Company has made an accounting policy election to exclude from the measurement of the transaction price all taxes which are imposed on and 

concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the entity from a customer.    

Controlled Launch Agreements

In  August  2021  the  Company  began  to  recognize  revenue  in  relation  to  the  conversion  of  Controlled  Launch  Program  participants  into  sales 
agreements  (Note  8).  These  customers  were  already  in  possession  of  the  system,  handpiece,  and  tips.  As  such,  upon  execution  of  these  purchase 
agreements,  the  Company  recognized  revenue  on  the  agreements  because  control  of  all  performance  obligations  were  transferred  at  that  time.  These 
customers separately purchased CUs in order to operate the CellFX System and the revenue for these CUs was recognized upon delivery of the CUs to 
CellFX CloudConnect.

10. Segment Reporting 

The  Company  operates  and  manages  the  business  as  one  reportable  and  operating  segment.  The  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief 
Financial Officer act as the chief operating decision makers (“CODM”) of the Company. The CODM reviews the results of the Company on a consolidated 
basis, however in making certain operating decisions and assessing performance, the CODM will additionally review the disaggregated revenue results by 
product and geography. All of the Company’s long-lived assets are based in the United States.

Revenue by product consisted of the following (in thousands):

Systems
Cycle units

Total consolidated revenue

Revenue by geography consisted of the following (in thousands):

North America
Rest of World

Total consolidated revenue

11. Income Taxes 

Income (loss) before income taxes (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

 1,189  
 229  
 1,418   $

 —   $
 —  
 —   $

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

 1,182   $
 236  
 1,418   $

 —   $
 —  
 —   $

 —
 —
 —

 —
 —
 —

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

 (63,660)  $
 —  
 (63,660)  $

 (49,851)  $
 —  
 (49,851)  $

2019

 (46,971)
 —
 (46,971)

$

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

Current
Federal
State
Foreign
Total current

Deferred
Federal
State
Foreign
Total deferred

2021

December 31,
2020

2019

  $

 —   $
 3  
 —  
 3  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —   $
 3  
 —  
 3  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

Total provision for income taxes

  $

 3   $

 3   $

 —
 3
 —
 3

 —
 —
 —
 —

 3

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount estimated by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income (loss) before taxes as 

follows:

Federal tax at statutory rate
State tax (benefit) at statutory rate
Research and development credits
Change in valuation allowance
Deferred adjustment
Change in tax rate
Uncertain Tax Position
Other
Provision for income taxes

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

 21.0 % 
 8.4  
 1.9  
 (26.8) 
 —  
 —  
 (2.3) 
 (2.2) 

 — % 

 21.0 % 
 8.4  
 2.1  
 (43.3) 
 8.5  
 4.2  
 —  
 (0.8) 

 — % 

 21.0 %
 (5.0) 
 2.0  
 (18.0) 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 — %

Note that for presentation purposes, the 2019 percentages have been changed to present the opposite value from what was previously disclosed to 

allow for proper comparability to current year percentages.

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  impact  of  carryforwards  and  temporary  differences  between  the  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial 
reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws. The carryforwards and temporary differences, which give rise to a significant portion of the 
Company’s deferred tax asset (liability) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, are as follows (in thousands):

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets
Accruals
Net operating loss carryforwards
Tax credit carryforwards
Stock-based compensation
Lease liability under ASC 842
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities
Intangibles
ROU asset under ASC 842
Fixed assets
Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

December 31,

2021

2020

  $

 1,034   $
 49,246  
 6,611  
 12,188  
 3,182  
 72,261  
 (69,006) 
 3,255  

 (365) 
 (2,862) 
 (28) 
 (3,255) 

  $

 —   $

 894
 36,531
 5,431
 9,391
 3,339
 55,586
 (51,973)
 3,613

 (486)
 (3,096)
 (31)
 (3,613)

 —

The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 were $5.1 million, $2.5 million, and $1.5 million, respectively. 
If recognized, none of the unrecognized tax benefits would impact income tax expense to the extent that the Company continues to maintain a full valuation 
allowance against its deferred tax assets.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefit is as follows (in thousands):

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year
Increases related to current year tax positions
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year

  $

  $

2021

 2,491   $
 2,649  
 5,140   $

December 31,
2020

 1,470   $
 1,021  
 2,491   $

2019

 877
 593
 1,470

The  Company’s  policy  is  to  recognize  interest  and  penalties  related  to  income  taxes  as  components  of  interest  expense  and  other  expense, 
respectively. The Company did not accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2021 and does not anticipate any 
significant change within twelve months of this reporting date.

The Company’s valuation allowance increased by $17.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 and increased by $21.6 million in the year 

ended December 31, 2020. 

As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  had  federal  and  state  net  operating  loss  (“NOL”)  carryforwards  of  $173.7  million  and  $163.4  million, 
respectively, which begin to expire in 2034.  Of  the  total  federal  NOL  carryforward  of  $173.7 million, approximately $148.0  million  is  carried  forward 
indefinitely but is limited to 80% of the taxable income. 

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $5.3 million and $5.0 million of U.S. federal and California research and development 

(“R&D”) credits, respectively. The federal R&D credits begin to expire in 2035 and the California R&D credits have an indefinite carryforward period.

The  Company  is  subject  to  taxation  in  the  United  States  for  Federal  and  for  State,  within  various  states  in  which  the  Company  operates.  All 
jurisdictions and tax years currently remain open for IRS and state taxing authorities’ examination. As of December 31, 2021, the Company was not under 
examination by the Internal Revenue Service or any state tax jurisdiction.

Internal Revenue Code Section 382 ownership change generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of 
our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar 
rules may apply under state tax laws. The Company is not aware of any ownership changes in this financial period ending on December 31, 2021.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

12.  Related Party Transactions 

Kenneth A. Clark, a director of the Company from November 2017 to October 2021, is a member of the law firm of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich and 
Rosati (“WSGR”), which also served as the outside corporate counsel to the Company until November 18, 2021. During the years ended December 31, 
2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred expenses reported in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for legal 
services rendered by WSGR totaling approximately $0.6 million, $0.8 million and $0.5 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2021, 
the Company capitalized approximately $0.2 million for legal expenses incurred in connection with the Sales Agreement. During the year ended December 
31, 2020, the Company capitalized approximately $0.4 million for legal expenses incurred in connection with the 2020 rights offering. In October 2021, 
Mr. Clark resigned from the Company’s Board of Directors, and in November 2021, the Board terminated the engagement of WSGR and appointed Baker 
& Hostetler LLP as the Company’s outside corporate counsel.  

In  May  2020,  the  Company  determined  not  to  renew  its  director  and  officer  liability  insurance  policies  due  to  disproportionately  high  premiums 
quoted by insurance companies. Instead, Robert W. Duggan, majority stockholder and Board Chairman, and the Company entered into a letter agreement, 
dated  May  12,  2020  (the  “Letter  Agreement”),  pursuant  to  which  Mr.  Duggan  agreed  with  the  Company  to  personally  provide  indemnity  coverage  on 
substantially the same terms as the Company’s prior coverage program for a one-year period, and has deposited security for such obligations. On May 13, 
2021, in accordance with terms of the Letter Agreement, the Company paid Mr. Duggan the amount of $2.5 million. The Company did not enter into a new 
Letter Agreement with Mr. Duggan for the subsequent policy period, and in May 2021 secured its director and officer liability insurance through third-party 
insurance carriers.

In June 2020, the Company completed the Rights Offering (Note 6). Mr. Duggan participated in the Rights Offering and purchased an aggregate of 

2,561,873 Units.

On  March  11,  2021,  the  Company  and  Mr.  Duggan  entered  into  a  Loan  Agreement  in  connection  with  Mr.  Duggan  lending  the  principal  sum  of 

$41.0 million to the Company (Note 13).

On June 30, 2021, the Company and Mr. Duggan entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (Note 6), pursuant to which the Company issued and 
sold to Mr. Duggan 3,048,780 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, in a Private Placement, at a price per share of $16.40, 
for an aggregate investment in the amount of $50.0 million. The shares were paid for through (i) the conversion of the $41 million aggregate principal 
amount  under  the  Loan  Agreement,  together  with  all  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  outstanding,  owed  to  Mr.  Duggan  under  the  Loan  Agreement  by  and 
between the Company and Mr. Duggan (Note 13), and (ii) additional cash in the amount of approximately $8.4 million. Upon the closing of this Private 
Placement  and  satisfaction  of  the  outstanding  debt,  the  Loan  Agreement  terminated,  without  any  early  termination  fees  or  penalties  being  owed  by  the 
Company, and no additional amounts were owed to Mr. Duggan under the Loan Agreement.

13.  Commitments and Contingencies 

Loan Agreement

On  March  11,  2021,  the  Company  and  Robert  W.  Duggan,  the  Board  Chairman,  entered  into  a  Loan  Agreement  in  connection  with  Mr.  Duggan 
lending  the  principal  sum  of  $41.0  million  to  the  Company.  The  Loan  Agreement  bore  interest  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  5.0%,  payable  quarterly 
commencing on July 1, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded $0.6 million of interest expense in relation to this Loan 
Agreement. In June 2021, the Loan Agreement was terminated and $41.0 million principal, together with approximately $0.6 million of accrued and unpaid 
interest, was fully settled via issuance of the Company’s common stock at a price per share of $16.40. Refer to Note 6 for additional details of the private 
placement sale. 

Insurance Loan Agreement

On May 13, 2021, the Company secured its annual director and officer liability insurance policy. The total premiums for the policy are approximately 
$2.6 million, of which the Company made a down payment of $0.7 million and financed the balance of $1.9 million via an Insurance Loan Agreement. The 
Insurance Loan Agreement has an annual interest rate of 3.69% and requires monthly payments through February 2022, upon which the Insurance Loan 
Agreement  will  be  paid  in  full.  The  outstanding  principal  portion  of  the  Insurance  Loan  Agreement,  together  with  any  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  is 
recorded as a note payable in the balance sheet. 

90

 
 
 
 
 
    
 
Table of Contents

Operating Leases

In  January  2017,  the  Company  entered  into  a  five-year  lease  (the  “Existing  Lease”)  for  approximately  15,700  square  feet  for  its  corporate 

headquarters located in Hayward, California. The lease commenced during July 2017. 

In May 2019, the Company entered into Lease Amendment 1 (the “Lease Amendment”) in relation to the Existing Lease and added the lease of new 
premises of approximately 13,300 square feet and 21,300 square feet, (“Expansion Premises 1” and “Expansion Premises 2”, respectively). Additionally, 
the term of the Existing Lease was extended to October 2029 to be coterminous with Expansion Premises 1 and Expansion Premises 2.

The Company evaluated the lease amendment under the provisions of ASC 842. It concluded that the Lease Amendment would be accounted for as a 
single contract with the Existing Lease because the additional lease payments due to the Lease Amendment was not commensurate with the right-of-use 
asset  granted  to  the  Company.  Though  the  Lease  Amendment  was  accounted  for  as  a  single  contract,  the  Existing  Premises,  Expansion  Premises  1 
(occupied  in  November  2019)  and  Expansion  Premises  2  (occupied  in  May  2020)  are  accounted  for  as  separate  lease  components.  Accordingly,  the 
Company measured and allocated consideration to each lease component as of the modification date. 

Upon commencement of each lease component, the Company reassessed and calculated the lease liability and right-of-use asset for the respective 
component. As a result, at the modification date, the Company remeasured its existing lease liability and recorded an additional right-of-use asset and lease 
liability  of  $2.0  million.  The  Company  also  recorded  an  additional  right-of-use  asset  and  lease  liability  of  $3.0  million  and  $4.8  million  at  the 
commencement of Expansion Premises 1 in November 2019 and Expansion Premises 2 in May 2020, respectively. At December 31, 2021, total right-of-
use assets and lease lability was approximately $8.8 million and $10.8 million, respectively.

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  rent  expense,  including  common  area  maintenance  charges,  was  $1.9  million,  $1.7 

million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Information related to the Company’s right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities were as follows (in thousands except for remaining lease term 

and discount rate):

Year ending December 31:
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less imputed interest
Total lease liabilities

Other supplemental information:
Cash paid for operating lease liabilities

Current operating lease liabilities
Non-current operating lease liabilities

Total lease liabilities

Weighted-average remaining lease term
Weighted-average discount rate

Legal Proceedings

$

$

$

$

 1,806
 1,845
 1,910
 1,977
 2,046
 6,191
 15,775
 (4,961)
 10,814

 1,643

 774
 10,040
 10,814

7.83
10%

The  Company  maintains  indemnification  agreements  with  its  directors  and  officers  that  may  require  the  Company  to  indemnify  them  against 

liabilities that arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, except as prohibited by applicable law.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

From  time  to  time,  the  Company  may  be  involved  in  a  variety  of  claims,  lawsuits,  investigations,  and  proceedings  relating  to  securities  laws, 
corporate governance, product liability and promotion, patent infringement, contract disputes, employment disputes, and other matters relating to various 
claims that arise in the normal course of the Company’s business, such as demands to inspect Company records and correspondence from the SEC and 
other government officials. The Company currently believes that these ordinary course matters are not material to the consolidated financial statements of 
the business; however, the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable.

In  February  2022,  a  civil  securities  lawsuit  was  filed  in  the  U.S.  District  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  California  against  the  Company  and 
certain of its executive officers, following the Company’s announcement on February 8, 2022 that it had received an Additional Information letter from the 
FDA indicating that the FDA did not believe the Company provided sufficient clinical evidence to support its 510(k) submission to add the treatment of 
sebaceous hyperplasia to the CellFX System’s current U.S. labeling, and the subsequent decline of the market price of the Company’s common stock. The 
Company  is  currently  evaluating  the  case  and  its  allegations.  The  lawsuit  seeks  class  certification,  unspecified  damages,  fees,  costs,  and  expenses.  The 
Company expects to file a motion to dismiss the case later this year, and an estimate of possible loss or range of loss, if any, cannot be made. 

14.  Employee Benefit Plans 

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan under which it may make discretionary contributions. The Company did not make any employer 

matching contributions to this plan during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

15.  Supplementary Financial Information

There are no retrospective changes to the statements of comprehensive income for any of the quarters within the two most recent fiscal years that 

individually or in the aggregate are material.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Our  management,  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  our  principal 
executive and principal financial officers, respectively, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls 
and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as of the end of the period covered by this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure 
controls and procedures were effective (a) to ensure that information that we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange 
Act  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  SEC  rules  and  forms  and  (b)  to  include,  without  limitation, 
controls  and  procedures  designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  us  in  reports  filed  or  submitted  under  the  Exchange  Act  is 
accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 
13a-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  senior  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and 
Chief  Financial  Officer,  we  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  - 
Integrated Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  the  evaluation  under  that 
framework and applicable SEC rules, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2021, that have materially affected, or 

are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls 

Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors 
and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the 
control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be 
considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all 
control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be 
faulty,  and  that  breakdowns  can  occur  because  of  a  simple  error  or  mistake.  Additionally,  controls  can  be  circumvented  by  the  individual  acts  of  some 
persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon 
certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all 
potential  future  conditions;  over  time,  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  the  degree  of  compliance  with  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be 
detected. 

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not Applicable.

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2022 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2022 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2022 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2022 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2022 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Part IV 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

1. Financial Statements: See Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2. Financial Statement Schedules: All schedules are omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is included in the 
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(b) The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Exhibit Description 

Form

File No.

Exhibit
Number
2.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
4.1
4.2
4.3

  Plan of Conversion of Pulse Biosciences, Inc.
  Articles of Conversion
  Certificate of Conversion
  Certificate of Incorporation of Pulse Biosciences, Inc. 
  Bylaws of Pulse Biosciences, Inc.
  Specimen Common Stock Certificate
  Form of Warrant
  Form of Warrant Agent Agreement
Lease for facilities at 3955 Point Eden Way, Hayward, California, dated January 
26, 2017
License  Agreement  among  Old  Dominion  University  Research  Foundation, 
Eastern Virginia Medical School and the Registrant 
Amendments  No.  1  to  License  Agreement  among  Old  Dominion  University 
Research Foundation, Eastern Virginia Medical School and the Registrant
10.4+*   Employment Agreement between Mitchell E. Levinson and the Registrant
10.5+*   Employment Agreement between Kevin Danahy and the Registrant

10.2#

10.3

10.1

10.6

10.7

Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  February  7,  2017,  by  and  between  Pulse 
Biosciences, Inc. and certain purchasers
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 24, 2017, by and between Pulse 
Biosciences, Inc. and certain purchasers
  2015 Stock Incentive Plan
  2017 Inducement Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder

10.8+
10.9+
10.10+   2017 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder
10.11+   2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and forms of agreements thereunder

10.12+  

Form of Director Option Agreement, not issued under the 2015 Stock Incentive 
Plan

10.14+  

10.13+   Executive Employment Agreement between Darrin R. Uecker and the Registrant  
Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  Darrin  R.  Uecker  and  Pulse 
Biosciences, Inc. dated October 5, 2016
Form of At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, 
and Arbitration Agreement for Employees

10.15+  

10.16+   Form of Indemnification Agreement

10.17+  

10.18

Letter Agreement between Pulse Biosciences, Inc. and Robert W. Duggan, dated 
May 12, 2020.
First  Amendment  to  the  lease  for  facilities  at  3955  Point  Eden  Way,  Hayward, 
California, dated May 28, 2019

10.21+  

10.19+   Employment Agreement between Sandra Gardiner and the Registrant
10.20

  At-the-Market Equity Offering Sales Agreement
Loan Agreement between Pulse Biosciences, Inc. and Robert W. Duggan, dated 
March 11, 2021
Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  June  30,  2021,  by  and  between  Pulse 
Biosciences, Inc. and Robert W. Duggan
  List of Subsidiaries
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.

10.22

21.1*
23.1*

31.1*

96

Incorporation by Reference

001-37744  
8-K12B  
001-37744  
8-K12B  
001-37744  
8-K12B  
001-37744  
8-K12B  
001-37744  
8-K12B  
8-K12B  
001-37744  
S-3/A   333-237577  
S-3/A   333-237577  

  Exhibit(s)
2.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
4.1
4.3
4.4

Filing Date
June 18, 2018
June 18, 2018
June 18, 2018
June 18, 2018
June 18, 2018
June 18, 2018
May 1, 2020
May 1, 2020

10-K

001-37744   10.1

  March 20, 2017

S-1/A   333-208694   10.12  

May 3, 2016

S-1/A   333-208694   10.13   March 7, 2016

8-K

8-K
S-1
8-K
10-K
8-K

S-1
S-1

8-K

001-37744   10.1

  February 10, 2017

001-37744   10.1
  333-208694   10.2
001-37744   10.1
001-37744   10.10   March 12, 2021
  May 19, 2017
001-37744   10.2

  September 25, 2017
  December 22, 2015
  November 28, 2017

  333-208694   10.3
  333-208694   10.9

  December 22, 2015
  December 22, 2015

001-37744   10.1

  October 11, 2016

S-1

  333-208694   10.10   December 22, 2015

8-K12B  

001-37744   10.1

June 18, 2018

10-Q

001-37744   10.1

  August 10, 2020

8-K
8-K
8-K

8-K

8-K

001-37744   10.19   May 31, 2019
001-37744   10.1
1.1
001-37744  

  November 7, 2019
  February 4, 2021

001-37744   10.1

  March 11, 2021

001-37744   10.1

July 1, 2021

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

31.2*

32.1*

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

101.INS   Inline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in 
Exhibit 101)

  * Filed herewith
  + Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
# Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a 
grant of confidential treatment.

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

98

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Signatures 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed 

on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: March 31, 2022

PULSE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

By:

/s/    Sandra A. Gardiner
Sandra A. Gardiner
Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President of Finance and 
Administration, and Treasurer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Darrin R. Uecker 
and  Sandra  A.  Gardiner,  jointly  and  severally,  as  his  true  and  lawful  attorney-in-fact  and  agent,  with  full  power  of  substitution,  each  with  power  to  act 
alone, to sign and execute on behalf of the undersigned any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to perform any acts necessary in 
order to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto 
said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requested and necessary to be done in connection 
therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or 
their or his or her substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant 

in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signature

/s/    Darrin R. Uecker

Darrin R. Uecker

/s/    Robert W. Duggan

Robert W. Duggan 

/s/    Sandra A. Gardiner

Sandra A. Gardiner

Title

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal 
Executive Officer)

Date

March 31, 2022

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 31, 2022

Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, and Treasurer
 (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 31, 2022

/s/    Mitchell E. Levinson 

Chief Strategy Officer and Director

March 31, 2022

Mitchell E. Levinson

/s/    Shelley D. Spray

Shelley D. Spray

/s/    Manmeet S. Soni 

Manmeet S. Soni

/s/   Mahkam Zanganeh 

Mahkam Zanganeh 

/s/    Richard A. van den Broek 

Richard A. van den Broek

Director

Director

Director

Director

100

March 31, 2022

March 31, 2022

March 31, 2022

March 31, 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PULSE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This  Employment  Agreement  (the  “Agreement”)  is  made  and  entered  into  by  and  between
Mitch Levinson (“Executive”) and Pulse Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”), as of August 17, 2021.

1.

 Duties and Scope of Employment. 

(a)   Position  and  Duties.   As  of  August  19,  2021  (the  “Start  Date”),  Executive  will
serve  as  the  Company’s  Chief  Strategy  Officer  operating  from  the  Company’s  offices  located  in
Hayward, California.  Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance
of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company.  Executive also will serve the
Company  in  such  other  or  alternative  positions  as  may  reasonably  be  assigned  to  him  by  the
Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Board of Directors (the “Board”), which  positions
may include director and additional or other officer positions of the Company and subsidiaries of the
Company.    The  period  of  Executive’s  rendering  of  employment  services  under  this  Agreement  is
referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

(b)   Obligations.    During  the  Employment  Term,  Executive  will  perform  his  duties
faithfully  and  to  the  best  of  his  ability  and  will  devote  his  full  business  efforts  and  time  to  the
Company.  For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any
other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the
prior approval of the Board.  

(c)  Automatic Resignation.  At the end of the Employment Term, including upon any
termination  of  employment  for  any  reason,  such  ending  or  termination  will  be  deemed  to  be  an
automatic resignation from all director and officer positions of the Company and any of its subsidiaries,
unless the continuation of such appointments is specifically approved by a resolution of the Board of
the respective corporation or its shareholders.    

1.

 At-Will Employment.  The parties agree that Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company
will  be  “at-will”  employment  and  may  be  terminated  at  any  time  with  or  without  cause  or  notice. 
Executive  understands  and  agrees  that  neither  his  job  performance  nor  promotions,  commendations,
bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification,
amendment,  or  extension,  by  implication  or  otherwise,  of  his  employment  with  the  Company. 
However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending
on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company. 

9063751

 
 
2.

 Compensation.

(a)  Base Salary.    During  the  Employment  Term,  the  Company  will  pay  Executive  an
annual salary of $360,000.00 as compensation for Executive’s services (the “Base Salary”).  The Base
Salary  will  be  paid  periodically  (but  not  less  frequently  than  bi-monthly)  in  accordance  with  the
Company’s  normal  payroll  practices  and  be  subject  to  the  usual  required  withholdings.    Executive’s
salary  will  be  subject  to  review  and  adjustments  will  be  made  based  upon  the  Company’s  normal
performance review practices.

(b)  Annual Bonus.  Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus  of up to 50%
of his  base  salary    (the  “Target  Bonus”)  less  applicable  withholdings,  prorated  for  the  year  of  hire,
upon  the  attainment  of  annual  designated  corporate  goals  and  milestones,  in  each  case  set  and
measured in the good faith discretion of the Board at a time consistent with the other executives of the
Company.  Executive’s  eligibility,  and  the  terms  and  conditions,  for  the  Target  Bonus  will  be
documented and issued to Executive if and when approved by the Board.  If awarded, the Target Bonus
will be paid prior to the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the close
of  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  in  which  the  Target  Bonus  is  earned  or  (ii)  March  15  following  the
calendar  year  in  which  the  Target  Bonus  is  earned,  provided  that  the  Employment  Term  extends
through the date of payment.

(c)   Start Date Option.  Subject to the approval of the Board, Executive will be granted
an option (the “Start Date Option”) under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”), to acquire 65,510
shares of common stock of the Company.  The stock options provided by the Start Date Option will
have an exercise price per share equal to the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock
at the date of grant. Subject to certain accelerated vesting provisions as described herein, the options
provided by the Start Date Option will vest a) 50% of the option shares granted (32,755 option shares)
will vest in three equal installments (10,918 option shares) on the second, third and fourth Anniversary
of the Start Date and b) 50% of the option shares (32,755 option shares) will vest upon the achievement
of performance objectives established in good faith by the Compensation Committee of the board of
directors, with vesting targets set at 25%  (8,188 option shares) on each annual Anniversary of the Start
Date.   All vesting subject to the Executive continuing to be a Service Provider (as defined in the Plan)
through each applicable vesting date and vesting target achievement determination date. 

3.

 Employee Benefits.  During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate
in  the  employee  benefit  plans  currently  and  hereafter  maintained  by  the  Company  of  general
applicability to other senior executives of the Company, subject to the eligibility requirements of such
plans.  The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to
its employees at any time. 

4.

 Paid Time Off.  During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to accrue PTO of
not  less  than  three (3)  weeks  per  year,  in  accordance  with  the  Company’s  vacation  policy,  with  the
timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto.

5.

 Expenses.  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or
other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of
Executive’s duties hereunder within 30 days of his submission of an expense report documenting said
expenses, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to
time.

9063751

-2-

 
 
6.

 Severance.

(a)   Termination  other  than  for  Cause,  Death  or  Disability  or  Resignation  for  Good
Reason.  During the Employment Term, if (i) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of
the Company) terminates Executive’s employment for reasons other than Cause death, or Disability, or
(ii)  upon  Executive’s  resignation  from  the  Company  (or  any  parent  or  subsidiary  or  successor  of  the
Company) for Good Reason (each such termination, an “Involuntary Termination”), then, subject to
the  continued  observance  by  Executive  of  Sections  8  (severance  conditions),  11  (assignment),  12
(notices), 13 (confidential information agreement), 15 (litigation cooperation), and 17 (miscellaneous)
below  after  the  termination  of  the  rendering  of  employment  services,  Executive  will  receive  the
following severance from the Company:

(i)

 Severance Payment

less 

the  Start  Date, 

than  one  year  from 

then  Executive  will  receive 

(1)   If  Executive  has  been  employed  for    an  Employment  Term
hereunder  of 
the
continuing payment of the Executive’s Base Salary (as in effect immediately prior  to  the  Executive’s
termination)  equal  to  three    (3)  months.  If  Executive  has  been  employed  for  an  Employment  Term
hereunder  of  one  year  or  more  from  the  Start  Date,  then  Executive  will  receive  six  (6)  months  of
continuing  payments  of  Executive’s  Base  Salary  (as  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  Executive’s
termination).    The  Executive  will  also  receive  a  Target  Bonus  (if  applicable)  for  the  year  of
termination, prorated for the portion of the year served assuming 100% achievement, payable with the
first severance payment. The payment of any severance pursuant to this Section 7(a)(i) will be paid in
accordance  with  the  Company’s  normal  payroll  practices  and  be  subject  to  the  usual  required
withholdings.

(ii)

 Accelerated Vesting. 

(1)   Involuntary  Termination  not 

in  connection  with  a  Change
of Control.  If the Involuntary Termination occurs prior to or more than twelve (12) months following 
Start Date, the unvested portion of Executive’s  outstanding Equity Awards  that  would  normally  vest
over  the  following  twelve    (12)  months  from  the  date  of  Executive’s  termination  had  Executive
remained  an  employee  through  such  period  will  immediately  accelerate  and  fully  vest  prior  to
Executive’s termination. 

(1)  Involuntary Termination in connection with a Change of Control.   If

the Involuntary Termination occurs within the twelve (12) month period following a Change of
Control, then (i) if  the Employment Term as of the date of such termination is less than one year from
the Start Date, then 50% of the unvested portion of Executive’s then outstanding Equity Awards will
immediately vest prior to Executive’s termination, and (ii) if  the Employment Term as of the date of
such termination is one year or more from the Start Date, then the unvested portion of Executive’s then
outstanding Equity Awards will immediately vest prior to Executive’s termination.  If Executive elects
continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as
amended (“COBRA”) for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents within the time period
prescribed pursuant to COBRA, the Company will reimburse Executive for the monthly premiums
under COBRA necessary to continue  group health insurance benefits for Executive and Executive’s
eligible dependents  (at the coverage levels in effect

9063751

-3-

 
 
immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) the date upon which Executive
and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (B) the date upon
which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA(such reimbursements, the “COBRA
Premiums”).  However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot pay the COBRA
Premiums without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of
the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable
monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following
sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to
pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of
employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage),
which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage
and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on
the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company
has paid an amount equal to six (6) payments.  For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu
of COBRA Premiums may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage
under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it
cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law
(including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not
receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums. (Collectively, the
Company’s COBRA obligations in this paragraph are referred to as the “COBRA Payments”).

(ii)

  Resignation  without  Good  Reason;  Termination 

for  Cause;
Disability.    If  Executive  resigns  (other  than  for  Good  Reason),  or  the  Company  terminates
Executive’s employment for Cause, or Executive’s employment terminates upon Executive’s Disability,
then  (i)  Executive  will  no  longer  vest  in  any  Equity  Award  held  by  Executive,  (ii)  all  payments  of
compensation  by  the  Company  to  Executive  hereunder  will  terminate  immediately  (except  as  to
amounts  already  earned),  and  (iii)  Executive  will  not  be  entitled  to  any  severance  or  other  benefits
except  for  those  (if  any)  as  may  then  be  established  under  the  Company’s  then  existing  written
severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.  

(d)  

Accrued Compensation.  For the avoidance of any doubt, in the event of a
termination of Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of
the  Company)  for  whatever  reason,  Executive  will  be  entitled  to  receive  all  accrued  but  unpaid
vacation,  expense  reimbursements,  wages,  and  other  benefits  due  to  Executive  under  any  Company-
provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

(b)  Exclusive Remedy.  In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with
the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company), the provisions of this Section
7 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or
the  Company  may  otherwise  be  entitled,  whether  at  law,  tort  or  contract,  in  equity,  or  under  this
Agreement.    Executive  will  be  entitled  to  no  severance  or  other  benefits,  compensation  or  other
payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this
Section 7.

9063751

-4-

 
 
 
7.

 Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate.

(a)   Separation  Agreement  and  Release  of  Claims.    The  receipt  of  any  severance
pursuant to Section 7(a) will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement
and  release  of  claims  in  a  form  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Company  (the  “Release”) (including  a
mutual  nondisparagement  provision  (the  Company’s  obligations  being  limited  to  its  then-current
directors and officers and only for so long as each remains employed by the Company) (the “Release”)
and  provided  that  such  Release  becomes  effective  and  irrevocable  no  later  than  sixty  (60)  days
following  the  termination  date  (such  deadline,  the  “Release  Deadline”).    If  the  Release  does  not
become  effective  and  irrevocable  by  the  Release  Deadline,  Executive  will  forfeit  any  rights  to
severance or benefits under this Agreement.  In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or
provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable.  Except as required by Section 8(c), any
installment payments that would have been made to Executive prior to the Release becoming effective
and irrevocable but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the first regularly scheduled
Company  payroll  date  following  the  date  the  Release  becomes  effective  and  irrevocable,  and  the
remaining payments will be made as provided in the Agreement. 

(e)   Confidential  Information  Agreement.    Executive’s  receipt  of  any  payments  or
benefits under Section 7 will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the  At-
Will  Employment,  Confidential  Information,  Invention  Assignment,  and  Arbitration  Agreement
between the Executive and the Company.

(b)  Section 409A.

(i)

  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this  Agreement,  no
severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that,
when  considered  together  with  any  other  severance  payments  or  separation  benefits,  are  considered
deferred  compensation  under  Section  409A  (together,  the  “Deferred  Payments”)  will  be  paid  or
otherwise  provided  until  Executive  has  a  “separation  from  service”  within  the  meaning  of  Section
409A.  Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise
would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be
payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(i)

 Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be
considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until,
the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required
by Section 8(c)(iii).  Except as required by Section 8(c)(iii), any installment payments that would have
been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation
from  service  but  for  the  preceding  sentence  will  be  paid  to  Executive  on  the  sixtieth  (60th)  day
following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided
in  this  Agreement.  In  no  event  will  Executive  have  discretion  to  determine  the  taxable  year  of
payment for any Deferred Payments.

(ii)

  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this  Agreement,  if
Executive  is  a  “specified  employee”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  409A  at  the  time  of  Executive’s
termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the
first  six  (6)  months  following  Executive’s  separation  from  service,  will  become  payable  on  the  first
payroll date that occurs

9063751

-5-

 
 
on  or  after  the  date  six  (6)  months  and  one  (1)  day  following  the  date  of  Executive’s  separation  from
service.    All  subsequent  Deferred  Payments,  if  any,  will  be  payable  in  accordance  with  the  payment
schedule  applicable  to  each  payment  or  benefit.    Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  if
Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of
the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable
in  a  lump  sum  as  soon  as  administratively  practicable  after  the  date  of  Executive’s  death  and  all  other
Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment
or benefit.  Each payment, installment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a
separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iii)

 Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies  the  requirements
of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will
not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.  It is the intent of this  Agreement
that all cash severance payments under Section 7(a)(i) will satisfy the requirements of the “short-term
deferral” rule.

(iv)

  Any  amount  paid  under  this  Agreement  that  qualifies  as  a  payment
made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of
the  Treasury  Regulations  that  does  not  exceed  the  Section  409A  Limit  (as  defined  below)  will  not
constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(ii)

  The  foregoing  provisions  are  intended  to  be  exempt  from  or  comply
with  the  requirements  of  Section  409A  so  that  none  of  the  severance  payments  and  benefits  to  be
provided  hereunder  will  be  subject  to  the  additional  tax  imposed  under  Section  409A,  and  any
ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply.  The Company
and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to
take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any
additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A. In no
event  will  the  Company  reimburse  Executive  for  any  taxes  that  may  be  imposed  on  Executive  as  a
result of Section 409A.

(f)  No Duty to Mitigate.  Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any
payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any
other source reduce any such payment.

8.

 Limitation on Payments.  In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in
this  Agreement  or  otherwise  payable  to  Executive  (i)  constitute  “parachute  payments”  within  the
meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 9, would be subject to the excise tax
imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits will be either:

(a)  delivered in full, or

(b)

delivered  as  to  such  lesser  extent  which  would  result  in  no  portion  of  such
severance  benefits  being  subject  to  the  excise  tax  under  Section  4999  of  the
Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income
taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax

9063751

-6-

 
 
basis,  of  the  greatest  amount  of  severance  benefits,  notwithstanding  that  all  or  some  portion  of  such
severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.  If a reduction in the severance and
other  benefits  constituting  “parachute  payments”  is  necessary  so  that  no  portion  of  such  severance
benefits is subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,  the  reduction  shall  occur  in  the
following  order:  (1)  reduction  of  the  severance  payments  under  Sections  7(a)(i)  or  7(a)(ii);  (2)
reduction of other cash payments, if any; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; and
(4) reduction of continued employee benefits.  In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award
compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of
the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.  If two or more equity awards are granted on the same
date,  each  award  will  be  reduced  on  a  pro-rata  basis.    In  no  event  shall  the  Executive  have  any
discretion with respect to the ordering of payment reductions. 

Unless  the  Company  and  Executive  otherwise  agree  in  writing,  any  determination
required under this Section 9 will be made in writing by an independent firm immediately prior to  a
Change of Control (the “Firm”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive
and the Company for all purposes.  For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 9,
the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may
rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of
the Code.  The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the
Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 9.  The Company will
bear all costs the Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this
Section 9.

9.

  Definition  of  Terms.    The  following  terms  referred  to  in  this  Agreement  will  have  the

following meanings:

(a)   Cause.    For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  “Cause”  is  defined  as  (i)  Executive’s
conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or
any other act of moral turpitude, (ii) Executive’s gross misconduct, (iii) Executive’s unauthorized use
or  disclosure  of  any  proprietary  information  or  trade  secrets  of  the  Company  or  any  other  party  to
whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the
Company; (iv) Executive’s willful breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant
with  the  Company  that  is  injurious  to  the  Company;  or  (v)  Executive’s  continued  failure  to  perform
Executive’s  employment  duties  after  Executive  has  received  a  written  demand  for performance from
the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that Executive has
not  substantially  performed  Executive’s  duties  and  has  failed  to  cure  such  non-performance  to  the
Company’s satisfaction within thirty (30) business days after receiving such notice.  

(b)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” means

the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)

 any  “person”  (as  such  term  is  used  in  Sections  13(d)  and  14(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended)  is  or  becomes  the  “beneficial  owner”  (as  defined  in
Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than
50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, other
than the

9063751

-7-

 
 
acquisition of 50% of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities when sold by
the Company in a capital raising transaction; or

(ii)

  the  date  of  the  consummation  of  a  merger  or  consolidation  of  the
Company with any other corporation that has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, other
than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding
immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to  represent  (either  by  remaining  outstanding  or  by  being
converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the
total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its
parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

 the date of the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company
of  all  or  substantially  all  the  Company’s  assets  in  a  transaction  that  has  been  approved  by  the
stockholders of the Company.

(iii)

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of  this  definition,  a  transaction  will  not  be
deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a “change in control event” within the
meaning of Section 409A.

(g)  Code.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code

of 1986, as amended.

(c)   Disability.    For  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  “Disability”  will  mean  that
Executive  has  been  unable  to  engage  in  any  substantial  gainful  activity  by  reason  of  any  medically
determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected
to last for a continuous period of not less than six  (6) months. Alternatively, Executive will be deemed
disabled  if  determined  to  be  totally  disabled  by  the  Social  Security  Administration.    Termination
resulting  from  Disability  may  only  be  effected  after  at  least  thirty  (30)  days’  written  notice  by  the
Company of its intention to terminate Executive’s employment.  In the event that Executive resumes
the  performance  of  substantially  all  of  Executive’s  duties  hereunder  before  the  termination  of
Executive’s employment becomes effective, the notice of intent to terminate based on Disability will
automatically be deemed to have been revoked.

(h)   Equity  Awards.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  “Equity  Awards”  means
Executive’s outstanding Company  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock,  restricted
stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation
awards.

(i)

  Good  Reason.    For  the  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  “Good  Reason”  means
Executive’s  resignation  within  thirty  (30)  days  following  the  expiration  of  any  Company  cure  period
(discussed  below)  following  the  occurrence  of  one  or  more  of  the  following,  without  Executive’s
express written consent: (i) the assignment to Executive of any duties beyond the generally recognized
scope of employment of a company Chief Strategy Officer or the reduction of Executive’s duties or
the  removal  of  Executive  from  Executive’s  position  and  responsibilities  as  Chief  Strategy
Officer,  either  of  which  must  result  in  a  material  diminution  of  Executive’s  authority,  duties,  or
responsibilities with the Company in effect immediately prior to such assignment; provided, however,
if  the  Executive  is  provided  with  an  alternative  executive  type  position  within  the  Company  or  its
subsidiaries at the same or better compensation as proved herein or that a reduction in duties, position
or responsibilities solely by virtue of the Company being

9063751

-8-

 
 
acquired and made part of a larger entity will not constitute “Good Reason”; (ii) a reduction in Executive’s
Base Salary (except where there is a reduction applicable to the management team generally of not more
than 10% of Executive’s Base Salary); or (iii) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s
primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of less than fifty  (50) miles from Executive’s
then present work location will not be considered a material change in geographic location. Executive will
not  resign  for  Good  Reason  without  first  providing  the  Company  with  written  notice  of  the  acts  or
omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the
grounds for “Good Reason” and providing a cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date
of such notice and such grounds for “Good Reason” have not been cured during such cure period.

(d)   Section  409A.    For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  “Section  409A”  means  Code
Section  409A,  and  the  final  regulations  and  any  guidance  promulgated  thereunder  or  any  state  law
equivalent.

(j)  Section 409A Limit.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will
mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate
of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of
his  or  her  separation  from  service,  as  determined  under  Treasury  Regulation  Section  1.409A-1(b)(9)
(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum
amount  that  may  be  taken  into  account  under  a  qualified  plan  pursuant  to  Section  401(a)(17)  of  the
Internal Revenue Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurred.

10.  Assignment.  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs,
executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the
Company.  Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the
terms  of  this  Agreement  for  all  purposes.    For  this  purpose,  “successor”  means  any  person,  firm,
corporation  or  other  business  entity  which  at  any  time,  whether  by  purchase,  merger  or  otherwise,
directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.  None of
the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may
be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any other attempted
assignment,  transfer,  conveyance  or  other  disposition  of  Executive’s  right  to  compensation  or  other
benefits will be null and void.

11.  Notice.  All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will
be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1)
day  after  being  sent  by  a  well-established  commercial  overnight  service,  or  (iii)  four  (4)  days  after
being  mailed  by  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  prepaid  and  addressed  to  the
parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later
designate in writing. 

If to the Company:

Pulse Biosciences, Inc.
3957 Point Eden Way
Hayward, CA 94545
Attn: Chief Executive Officer

9063751

-9-

 
 
If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

12.  

Confidential  Information.    Executive  agrees  to  enter  into  and  comply  with  the
Company’s  standard  At-Will  Employment,  Confidential  Information,  Invention  Assignment,  and
Arbitration Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”).

2.

Business  Opportunities.    The  Executive  agrees,  during  the  Employment  Term,  to
offer or otherwise make known or available to it, as directed by the Chief Executive Officer or Board
and  without  additional  compensation  or  consideration,  any  business  prospects,  contracts  or  other
business  opportunities  that  Executive  may  discover,  find,  develop  or  otherwise  have  available  to
Executive in the Company’s Field of Interest, and further agrees that any such prospects, contacts or
other business  opportunities shall be the property of the Company.

3.

Litigation  and  Regulatory  Cooperation.    During  and  after  the  Executive’s
employment with the Company, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company and its affiliates
in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the
future against or on behalf of the Company and its affiliates which relate to events or occurrences that
transpired  while  the  Executive  was  employed  by  the  Company.   The  Executive’s  full  cooperation  in
connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with
counsel  to  prepare  for  discovery  or  trial  and  to  act  as  a  witness  on  behalf  of  the  Company  and  its
affiliates at mutually convenient times.  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive
also shall cooperate fully with the Company and its affiliates in connection with any such investigation
or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates
to  events  or  occurrences  that  transpired  while  the  Executive  was  employed  by  the  Company.    The
Company  shall  reimburse  the  Executive  for  any  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in
connection  with  the  Executive's  performance  of  obligations  pursuant  to  this Section.    If  assistance  is
required after Executive is no longer employed by the Company, the Company agrees to compensate
Executive by paying Executive a mutually agreed upon hourly rate for all time spend beyond five (5)
hours.  The performance by the Executive under this Section after the termination of the Executive's
employment with the Company shall be subject to Executive’s other employment obligations.

4.

Insurance.  The Executive agrees that the Company or its affiliates may from time to
time and for the Company’s or the affiliates’ own benefit apply for and take out life insurance covering
the  Executive,  either  independently  or  together  with  others,  in  any  amount  and  form  which  the
Company or an affiliate may deem to be in its best interests.  The Company or the respective affiliate
shall own all rights in such insurance and in the cash values and proceeds thereof, and the Executive
shall not have any right, title or interest therein.  The Executive agrees to assist the Company and its
affiliates, at the Company's expense, in obtaining any such insurance by, among things, submitting to
customary  examinations  and  correctly  preparing,  signing  and  delivering  such  applications  and  other
documents as reasonably may be required.  Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed as a
limitation on the Executive’s right to procure any life insurance for Executive’s own personal needs.

5.

 Miscellaneous Provisions.

9063751

-10-

 
 
 
 
 
(a)   Amendment.    No  provision  of  this  Agreement  will  be  modified,  waived  or
discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive
and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive) that is expressly designated as an
amendment to this Agreement.

(b)  Waiver.    No  waiver  by  either  party  of  any  breach  of,  or  of  compliance  with,  any
condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other
condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c)   Headings.    All  captions  and  section  headings  used  in  this  Agreement  are  for

convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(a)  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the Plan, Option Agreement, and
the  Confidential  Information  Agreement  (and  its  exhibits)  represents  the  entire  agreement  and
understanding  between  the  parties  as  to  the  subject  matter  herein  and  supersedes  all  prior  or
contemporaneous  agreements  whether  written  or  oral.    With  respect  to  stock  options  or  other  Equity
Awards granted on or after the date of this Agreement, the acceleration of vesting provisions provided
herein will apply to such stock options or other Equity Awards.    This Agreement may be modified
only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an
amendment to this Agreement.

(d)   Governing  Law.    This  Agreement  will  be  governed  by  the  laws  of  the  State  of

California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

(e)  Severability.   The  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of  any  provision  or  provisions  of
this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will
remain in full force and effect.

(f)  Withholding.  All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to all
applicable withholdings, including all applicable income and employment taxes, as determined in the
Company’s reasonable judgment.

(g)  Acknowledgment.  Executive acknowledges that Executive has had the opportunity
to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from Executive’s private attorney, has had sufficient time
to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly
and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

(h)   Counterparts.    This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  counterparts,  and  each
counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding
agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

9063751

-11-

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the
Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

COMPANY

Pulse Biosciences, Inc.

/s/ Darrin R. Uecker

Uecker

Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

By:

Title:

Darrin R.

Chief

By:

/s/ Mitch Levinson

Mitch Levinson

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

9063751

-12-

 
PULSE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Kevin

Danahy (“Executive”) and Pulse Biosciences, Inc.  (the “Company”), as of February 9, 2022.

1.

 Duties and Scope of Employment. 

(a) Position and Duties.  As of February 14, 2022 (the “Start Date”), Executive will serve
as the Company’s Chief Commercial Officer operating  from  the  Company’s  offices  located  in  Hayward,
California.  Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s
duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company.  Executive also will serve the Company in
such  other  or  alternative  positions  as  may  reasonably  be  assigned  to  Executive  by  the  Company’s  Chief
Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Board of Directors (the “Board”), which positions may include director and
additional  or  other  officer  positions  of  the  Company  and  subsidiaries  of  the  Company.    The  period  of
Executive’s  rendering  of  employment  services  under  this  Agreement  is  referred  to  herein  as  the
“Employment Term.”

(b) Obligations.  During the Employment Term, Executive will perform Executive’s duties
faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to
the  Company.    For  the  duration  of  the  Employment  Term,  Executive  agrees  not  to  actively  engage  in  any
other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior
approval of the Board.

(c)  Automatic  Resignation.    At  the  end  of  the  Employment  Term,  including  upon  any
termination of employment for any reason, such ending or termination will be deemed to be an automatic
resignation  from  all  director  and  officer  positions  of  the  Company  and  any  of  its  subsidiaries,  unless  the
continuation  of  such  appointments  is  specifically  approved  by  a  resolution  of  the  Board  of  the  respective
corporation or its shareholders.

2.

 At-Will Employment.  The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will
be  “at-will”  employment  and  may  be  terminated  at  any  time  with  or  without  cause  or  notice.    Executive
understands and agrees that neither Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses
or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or
extension,  by  implication  or  otherwise,  of  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company.    However,  as
described  in  this  Agreement,  Executive  may  be  entitled  to  severance  benefits  depending  on  the
circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

3957 Point Eden Way
Hayward, CA 94545

Telephone: 510.906.4600
Toll Free: 833.257.3393

www.pulsebiosciences.com

 
 
3.

 Compensation.

(a) Base Salary.  During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual
salary of $395,000.00 as compensation for Executive’s services (the “Base Salary”).  The Base Salary will
be  paid  periodically  (but  not  less  frequently  than  bi-monthly)  in  accordance  with  the  Company’s  normal
payroll  practices  and  be  subject  to  the  usual  required  withholdings.    Executive’s  salary  will  be  subject  to
review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices.

(b) Annual Bonus.  Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 50%  of
Executive’s  base  salary  (the  “Target  Bonus”)  less  applicable  withholdings,  prorated  for  the  year  of  hire,
upon the attainment of annual designated corporate goals and milestones, in each case set and measured in
the  good  faith  discretion  of  the  Board  at  a  time  consistent  with  the  other  executives  of  the
Company.  Executive’s eligibility, and the terms and conditions, for the Target Bonus  will  be  documented
and issued to Executive if and when approved by the Board.  If awarded, the Target Bonus will be paid prior
to the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the close of the Company’s fiscal
year in which the Target Bonus is earned or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the Target
Bonus is earned, provided that the Employment Term extends through the date of payment.

(c) Start Date Option.  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Board,  Executive  will  be  granted  an
option  (the  “Start  Date  Option”)  under  the  2017  Inducement  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  (the
“Plan”), to acquire 300,000 shares of common stock of the Company.  The Start Date Option will have an
exercise price per share equal to the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock at the date of
grant.    Subject  to  certain  accelerated  vesting  provisions  as  described  herein,  (a)  1/3  of  the  option  shares
granted  (100,000  option  shares)  will  vest  in  four  equal  installments  on  each  of  the  first  four  annual
anniversaries  of  the  Start  Date,  (b)  1/3  of  the  option  shares  (100,000  option  shares)  will  vest  upon  the
achievement  of  performance  objectives  established  in  good  faith  by  the  Compensation  Committee,  with
vesting targets set at 25% (i.e., 25,000 option shares each) on each of the first four annual anniversaries of
the Start Date, (c) 1/6 of the option shares (50,000 option shares) will vest in two equal installments on each
of the third and fourth annual anniversaries of the Start Date, and (d) 1/6 of the option shares (50,000 option
shares) will vest upon in two equal installments on each of the third and fourth annual anniversaries of the
Start Date upon the achievement of performance objectives established in good faith by the Compensation
Committee.    All  vesting  of  the  Start  Date  Option  is  subject  to  the  Executive  continuing  to  be  a  Service
Provider  (as  defined  in  the  Plan)  through  each  applicable  vesting  date  (including  any  applicable  vesting
target achievement determination date).  The Start Date Option, including vesting provisions, will be subject
to the terms of the Plan and a stock option agreement thereunder.

4.

 Employee Benefits.  During the Employment Term,  Executive will be entitled to participate in
the  employee  benefit  plans  currently  and  hereafter  maintained  by  the  Company  of  general  applicability  to
other senior executives of the Company, subject to the eligibility requirements of such plans.  The Company
reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5.

 Paid-Time Off “PTO”.  During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to accrue PTO
of  not  less  than  three  (3)  weeks  per  year,  subject  to  reasonable  accrual  caps  in  accordance  with  the
Company’s PTO policy for senior executive officers, with the timing and duration of specific PTO mutually
and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto.

Page 2 of 3

 
 
 
6.

 Expenses.  The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other
expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s
duties hereunder within 30 days of Executive’s submission of an expense report documenting said expenses,
in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

7.

 Severance.

(a)  Termination  other  than  for  Cause,  Death  or  Disability;  or  Resignation  for  Good
Reason.  During the Employment Term, if (i) the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the
Company)  terminates  Executive’s  employment  for  reasons  other  than  Cause,  death,  or  Disability,  or
(ii)  Executive  resigns  from  the  Company  (or  any  parent  or  subsidiary  or  successor  of  the  Company)  for
Good  Reason  (each  such  termination,  an  “Involuntary  Termination”),  then,  subject  to  the  continued
observance  by  Executive  of  Sections  8  (severance  conditions),  11  (assignment),  12  (notices),  13
(confidential  information  agreement),  15  (litigation  cooperation),  and  17  (miscellaneous)  below  after  the
termination of the rendering of employment services, Executive will receive the following severance from
the Company:

(i)

 Severance Payment.  Upon an Involuntary Termination, Executive will receive
continuing  payments  of  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  (as  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  the  Executive’s
termination) for (x) three (3) months if Executive has been employed for an Employment Term hereunder of
less  than  one  (1)  year  from  the  Start  Date,  or  (y)  six  (6)  months  if  Executive  has  been  employed  for  an
Employment  Term  hereunder  of  one  (1)  year  or  more  (the  applicable  period  of  time  Executive  receives
continuing payments of Executive’s Base Salary, the  “Severance Period”).  Executive will also receive a
Target Bonus (if applicable) for the year of termination, prorated for the portion of the year served assuming
100%  achievement,  payable  with  the  first  severance  payment.    If  the  Involuntary  Termination  occurs  at  a
point in time when the prior year’s Target Bonus has yet to be paid out, Executive will also receive payment
for  any  earned  portion  of  Executive’s  Target  Bonus  for  that  prior  year.    The  payment  of  any  severance
pursuant to this Section 7(a)(i) will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and
be subject to the usual required withholdings.

(ii)

 Accelerated Vesting. 

(1) Involuntary Termination not in connection with a Change of Control.  If
the  Involuntary  Termination  is  not  in  connection  with  a  Change  of  Control,  the  unvested  portion  of
Executive’s  outstanding  Equity  Awards  that  would  normally  vest  over  the  following  twelve  (12)  months
from  the  date  of  Executive’s  termination  had  Executive  remained  an  employee  through  such  period  will
immediately accelerate and fully vest prior to Executive’s termination.

(2) Involuntary Termination in connection with a Change of Control.  If the
Involuntary Termination occurs within the twelve (12) month period following a Change of Control, then (i)
(x) if the Employment Term as of the date of such termination is less than one year from the Start Date, then
50% of the unvested portion of Executive’s then outstanding Equity Awards will immediately vest prior to
Executive’s termination, and (y) if the Employment Term as of the date of such termination is one year or
more from the Start Date, then 100% of the unvested portion of Executive’s then outstanding Equity Awards
will immediately vest prior to Executive’s termination.

Page 3 of 3

 
 
 
(iii)

  COBRA.    If  Executive  elects  continuation  coverage  pursuant  to  the
Consolidated  Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation  Act  of  1985,  as  amended  (“COBRA”)  for  Executive  and
Executive’s  eligible  dependents  within  the  time  period  prescribed  pursuant  to  COBRA,  the  Company  will
reimburse Executive for the monthly premiums under COBRA necessary to continue group health insurance
benefits for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior
to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible
dependents  becomes  covered  under  similar  plans  or  (B)  the  last  day  of  the  Severance  Period  (such
reimbursements, the “COBRA Premiums”).  However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that
it  cannot  pay  the  COBRA  Premiums  without  potentially  violating  applicable  law  (including,  without
limitation,  Section  2716  of  the  Public  Health  Service  Act),  the  Company  will  in  lieu  thereof  provide  to
Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the
following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required
to  pay  to  continue  Executive’s  group  health  coverage  in  effect  on  the  date  of  Executive’s  termination  of
employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which
payments  will  be  made  regardless  of  whether  Executive  elects  COBRA  continuation  coverage  and  will
commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x)
the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the last day of the Severance Period.  For
the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA Premiums may be used for any purpose,
including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax
withholdings.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company
determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence
without  violating  applicable  law  (including,  without  limitation,  Section  2716  of  the  Public  Health  Service
Act),  Executive  will  not  receive  such  payment  or  any  further  reimbursements  for  COBRA
premiums.    (Collectively,  the  Company’s  COBRA  obligations  in  this  paragraph  are  referred  to  as  the
“COBRA Payments”).

(b)  Resignation  without  Good  Reason;  Termination  for  Cause;  Disability.    If  Executive
resigns  (other  than  for  Good  Reason),  or  the  Company  terminates  Executive’s  employment  for  Cause,  or
Executive’s  employment  terminates  upon  Executive’s  Disability,  then  (i)  Executive  will  no  longer  vest  in
any  Equity  Award  held  by  Executive,  (ii)  all  payments  of  compensation  by  the  Company  to  Executive
hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and (iii) Executive will not be
entitled  to  any  severance  or  other  benefits  except  for  those  (if  any)  as  may  then  be  established  under  the
Company’s  then  existing  written  severance  and  benefits  plans  and  practices  or  pursuant  to  other  written
agreements with the Company.

(c) Accrued Compensation.  For the avoidance of any doubt, in the event of a termination of
Executive’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary or successor of the Company) for
whatever  reason,  Executive  will  be  entitled  to  receive  all  accrued  but  unpaid  vacation,  expense
reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies,
and arrangements as of Executive’s termination date.

(d) Exclusive Remedy.  In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the
Company  (or  any  parent  or  subsidiary  or  successor  of  the  Company),  the  provisions  of  this  Section  7  are
intended  to  be  and  are  exclusive  and  in  lieu  of  any  other  rights  or  remedies  to  which  Executive  or  the
Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement. 

Page 4 of 3

 
 
 
Executive will be entitled to no severance or other benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon
termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 7.

8.

 Conditions to Receipt of Severance; No Duty to Mitigate. 

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims.  The receipt of any severance pursuant to
Section  7(a)  will  be  subject  to  Executive  signing  and  not  revoking  a  separation  agreement  and  release  of
claims  in  a  form  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Company  (the  “Release”)  and  provided  that  such  Release
becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following Executive’s termination date (such
deadline, the “Release Deadline”).  If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release
Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement.  In no event will
severance  payments  or  benefits  be  paid  or  provided  until  the  Release  becomes  effective  and
irrevocable.    Except  as  required  by  Section  8(c),  any  installment  payments  that  would  have  been  made  to
Executive  prior  to  the  Release  becoming  effective  and  irrevocable  but  for  the  preceding  sentence  will  be
paid  to  Executive  on  the  first  regularly  scheduled  Company  payroll  date  following  the  date  the  Release
becomes effective and irrevocable, and the remaining payments will be made as provided in the Agreement.

(b) Confidential  Information  Agreement.    Executive’s  receipt  of  any  payments  or  benefits
under  Section  7  will  be  subject  to  Executive  continuing  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  the  At-Will
Employment,  Confidential  Information,  Invention  Assignment,  and  Arbitration  Agreement  between  the
Executive and the Company.

(c) Section 409A. 

(i)

 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay
or  benefits  to  be  paid  or  provided  to  Executive,  if  any,  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  that,  when  considered
together  with  any  other  severance  payments  or  separation  benefits,  are  considered  deferred  compensation
under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Payments”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive
has  a  “separation  from  service”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  409A.    Similarly,  no  severance  payable  to
Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant
to  Treasury  Regulation  Section  1.409A-1(b)(9)  will  be  payable  until  Executive  has  a  “separation  from
service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii)

  Any  severance  payments  or  benefits  under  this  Agreement  that  would  be
considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the
sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section
8(c)(iii).  Except as required by Section 8(c)(iii), any installment payments that would have been made to
Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but
for  the  preceding  sentence  will  be  paid  to  Executive  on  the  sixtieth  (60th)  day  following  Executive’s
separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.  In no
event  will  Executive  have  discretion  to  determine  the  taxable  year  of  payment  for  any  Deferred
Payments.

Page 5 of 3

 
 
 
(iii)

 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a
“specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than
due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first six (6) months following
Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the
date  six  (6)  months  and  one  (1)  day  following  the  date  of  Executive’s  separation  from  service.    All
subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable
to  each  payment  or  benefit.    Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  if  Executive  dies  following
Executive’s  separation  from  service,  but  prior  to  the  six  (6)  month  anniversary  of  the  separation  from
service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon
as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be
payable  in  accordance  with  the  payment  schedule  applicable  to  each  payment  or  benefit.    Each  payment,
installment  and  benefit  payable  under  this  Agreement  is  intended  to  constitute  a  separate  payment  for
purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv)

 Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the
“short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute
Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.  It is the intent of this Agreement that all cash severance
payments under Section 7(a)(i) will satisfy the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule.

 Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a
result  of  an  involuntary  separation  from  service  pursuant  to  Section  1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)  of  the  Treasury
Regulations  that  does  not  exceed  the  Section  409A  Limit  (as  defined  below)  will  not  constitute  Deferred
Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(v)

(vi)

 The foregoing provisions are intended to be exempt from or comply with the
requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder
will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms
herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply.  The Company and Executive agree to work together in
good  faith  to  consider  amendments  to  this  Agreement  and  to  take  such  reasonable  actions  which  are
necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to
actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.  In no event will the Company reimburse Executive for
any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A.

(a)  No  Duty  to  Mitigate.    Executive  will  not  be  required  to  mitigate  the  amount  of  any
payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other
source reduce any such payment.

9.

 Limitation on Payments.  In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this
Agreement  or  otherwise  payable  to  Executive  (i)  constitute  “parachute  payments”  within  the  meaning  of
Section  280G  of  the  Code  and  (ii)  but  for  this  Section  9,  would  be  subject  to  the  excise  tax  imposed  by
Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

Page 6 of 3

 
 
 
(b) delivered  as  to  such  lesser  extent  which  would  result  in  no  portion  of  such  severance
benefits being subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts,
taking  into  account  the  applicable  federal,  state  and  local  income  taxes  and  the  excise  tax  imposed  by
Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance
benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section
4999 of the Code.  If a reduction in the severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is
necessary so that no portion of such severance benefits is subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the
Code,  the  reduction  shall  occur  in  the  following  order:  (1)  reduction  of  the  severance  payments  under
Sections  7(a)(i)  or  7(a)(ii);  (2)  reduction  of  other  cash  payments,  if  any;  (3)  cancellation  of  accelerated
vesting of equity awards; and (4) reduction of continued employee benefits.  In the event that acceleration of
vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the
reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.  If two or more equity awards are granted on
the  same  date,  each  award  will  be  reduced  on  a  pro-rata  basis.    In  no  event  shall  the  Executive  have  any
discretion with respect to the ordering of payment reductions.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required
under  this  Section  9  will  be  made  in  writing  by  an  independent  firm  immediately  prior  to  a  Change  of
Control  (the  “Firm”),  whose  determination  will  be  conclusive  and  binding  upon  Executive  and  the
Company for all purposes.  For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 9, the Firm may
make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable,
good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  The Company
and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request
in  order  to  make  a  determination  under  this  Section  9.    The  Company  will  bear  all  costs  the  Firm  may
reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 9.

10.  Definition of Terms.  The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following

meanings:

(a) Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as (i) Executive’s conviction
of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of
moral  turpitude,  (ii)  Executive’s  gross  misconduct,  (iii)  Executive’s  unauthorized  use  or  disclosure  of  any
proprietary  information  or  trade  secrets  of  the  Company  or  any  other  party  to  whom  Executive  owes  an
obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company; (iv) Executive’s willful
breach of any obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company that is injurious to the
Company;  or  (v)  Executive’s  continued  failure  to  perform  Executive’s  employment  duties  after  Executive
has received a written demand for performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual
basis  for  the  Company’s  belief  that  Executive  has  not  substantially  performed  Executive’s  duties  and  has
failed  to  cure  such  non-performance  to  the  Company’s  satisfaction  within  thirty  (30)  business  days  after
receiving such notice.

occurrence of any of the following events:

(b) Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Change  of  Control”  means  the

 any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting

(i)

Page 7 of 3

 
 
 
power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, other than the acquisition of 50% of
the  total  voting  power  represented  by  the  outstanding  voting  securities  when  sold  by  the  Company  in  a
capital raising transaction; or

(ii)

 the  date  of  the  consummation  of  a  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Company
with any other corporation that has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, other than a merger
or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior
thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities
of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the
voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such
merger or consolidation; or

 the date of the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all
or substantially all the Company’s assets in a transaction that has been approved by the stockholders of the
Company.

(iii)

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition, a transaction will not be deemed
a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a “change in control event” within the meaning of
Section 409A.

1986, as amended.

(c) Code.    For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  “Code”  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of

(d) Disability.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” will mean that Executive
has been unable to engage, with or without reasonable accommodation, in any substantial gainful activity by
reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death
or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six (6) months.  Alternatively, Executive
will  be  deemed  disabled 
the  Social  Security
to  be 
Administration.  Termination resulting from Disability may only be effected after at least thirty (30) days’
written  notice  by  the  Company  of  its  intention  to  terminate  Executive’s  employment.    In  the  event  that
Executive  resumes  the  performance  of  substantially  all  of  Executive’s  duties  hereunder  before  the
termination  of  Executive’s  employment  becomes  effective,  the  notice  of  intent  to  terminate  based  on
Disability will automatically be deemed to have been revoked.

totally  disabled  by 

if  determined 

(e) Equity Awards.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Equity Awards”  means  Executive’s
outstanding  Company  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units,
performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

(f) Good Reason.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means Executive’s
resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below)
following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s express written consent: (i)
the  assignment  to  Executive  of  any  duties  beyond  the  generally  recognized  scope  of  employment  of  a
company  Chief  Commercial  Officer  or  the  reduction  of  Executive’s  duties  or  the  removal  of  Executive
from Executive’s position and responsibilities as Chief Commercial Officer either of which must result in a
material  diminution  of  Executive’s  authority,  duties,  or  responsibilities  with  the  Company  in  effect
immediately prior to such assignment; provided, however, if the Executive is provided with an alternative
executive-type position within the Company or its subsidiaries at the same or better compensation as proved
herein,  or  that  a  reduction  in  duties,  position  or  responsibilities  is  solely  by  virtue  of  the  Company  being
acquired  and  made  part  of  a  larger  entity  will  not  constitute  “Good  Reason”;  (ii)  a  material  reduction  in
Executive’s Base Salary (except where there is a reduction applicable to the

Page 8 of 3

 
 
 
management team generally of not more than 10% of Executive’s Base Salary); or (iii) a material change in
the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of less
than fifty (50) miles from Executive’s then present work location will not be considered a material change in
geographic location.  Executive will not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with
written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days
of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and providing a cure period of not less than thirty
(30) days following the date of such notice and such grounds for “Good Reason” have not been cured during
such cure period.

409A, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder or any state law equivalent.

(g) Section 409A.    For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  “Section 409A”  means  Code  Section

(h) Section 409A Limit.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean
two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid
to  Executive  during  the  Executive’s  taxable  year  preceding  the  Executive’s  taxable  year  of  Executive’s
separation from service, as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any
Internal  Revenue  Service  guidance  issued  with  respect  thereto;  or  (ii)  the  maximum  amount  that  may  be
taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for
the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurred.

11.

 Assignment.   This  Agreement  will  be  binding  upon  and  inure  to  the  benefit  of  (a)  the  heirs,
executors  and  legal  representatives  of  Executive  upon  Executive’s  death  and  (b)  any  successor  of  the
Company.  Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms
of  this  Agreement  for  all  purposes.    For  this  purpose,  “successor”  means  any  person,  firm,  corporation  or
other  business  entity  which  at  any  time,  whether  by  purchase,  merger  or  otherwise,  directly  or  indirectly
acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.  None of the rights of Executive to
receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except
by  will  or  the  laws  of  descent  and  distribution.   Any  other  attempted  assignment,  transfer,  conveyance  or
other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

12.  Notice.  All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be
in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after
being sent by a well-established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors
at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing.

If to the Company:

Pulse Biosciences, Inc.

3957 Point Eden Way

Hayward, CA 94545

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

Page 9 of 3

 
 
 
13.   Confidential  Information.    Executive  agrees  to  enter  into  and  comply  with  the  Company’s
standard At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement
(the “Confidential Information Agreement”).

14.   Business  Opportunities.    The  Executive  agrees,  during  the  Employment  Term,  to  offer  or
otherwise make known or available to it, as directed by the Chief Executive Officer or Board and without
additional compensation or consideration, any business prospects, contracts or other business opportunities
that Executive may discover, find, develop or otherwise have available to Executive in the Company’s Field
of Interest, and further agrees that any such prospects, contacts or other business opportunities shall be the
property of the Company. For purposes of this section, "Field of Interest"  shall  include  the  development,
implementation or licensing or sale of methods of using nanopulse electricity for bio-medical applications,
including for diagnosis, detection, prevention, treatment or cure of tumors or cancers of internal organs, or
benign  diseases  that  can  be  treated  by  the  ablation  of  internal  tissue  as  well  as  other  dermatologic
applications and any other business activity engaged in, conducted by or in active planning by the Company
or its subsidiaries or affiliates, and known to Executive during the Employment Term.

15.  Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation.  During and after the Executive’s employment with the
Company,  the  Executive  shall  cooperate  fully  with  the  Company  and  its  affiliates  in  the  defense  or
prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on
behalf  of  the  Company  and  its  affiliates  which  relate  to  events  or  occurrences  that  transpired  while  the
Executive was employed by the Company.  The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims
or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery
or  trial  and  to  act  as  a  witness  on  behalf  of  the  Company  and  its  affiliates  at  mutually  convenient
times.    During  and  after  the  Executive’s  employment,  the  Executive  also  shall  cooperate  fully  with  the
Company and its affiliates in connection with any such investigation or review of any federal, state or local
regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while
the  Executive  was  employed  by  the  Company.    The  Company  shall  reimburse  the  Executive  for  any
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the  Executive's  performance  of  obligations
pursuant to this Section.  If assistance is required after Executive is no longer employed by the Company, the
Company agrees to compensate Executive by paying Executive a mutually agreed upon hourly rate for all
time  spend  beyond  five  (5)  hours.    The  performance  by  the  Executive  under  this  Section  after  the
termination  of  the  Executive's  employment  with  the  Company  shall  be  subject  to  Executive’s  other
employment obligations.

16.  Insurance.  The Executive agrees that the Company or its affiliates may from time to time and
for the Company’s or the affiliates’ own benefit apply for and take out life insurance covering the Executive,
either independently or together with others, in any amount and form which the Company or an affiliate may
deem  to  be  in  its  best  interests.    The  Company  or  the  respective  affiliate  shall  own  all  rights  in  such
insurance and in the cash values and proceeds thereof, and the Executive shall not have any right, title or
interest therein.  The Executive agrees to assist the Company and its affiliates, at the Company's expense, in
obtaining  any  such  insurance  by,  among  things,  submitting  to  customary  examinations  and  correctly
preparing,  signing  and  delivering  such  applications  and  other  documents  as  reasonably  may  be
required.    Nothing  contained  in  this  Section  shall  be  construed  as  a  limitation  on  the  Executive’s  right  to
procure any life insurance for Executive’s own personal needs.

Page 10 of 3

 
 
 
17.  Miscellaneous Provisions. 

(a) Amendment.    No  provision  of  this  Agreement  will  be  modified,  waived  or  discharged
unless  the  modification,  waiver  or  discharge  is  agreed  to  in  writing  and  signed  by  Executive  and  by  an
authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive) that is expressly designated as an amendment to
this Agreement.

(b)  Waiver.    No  waiver  by  either  party  of  any  breach  of,  or  of  compliance  with,  any
condition  or  provision  of  this  Agreement  by  the  other  party  will  be  considered  a  waiver  of  any  other
condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(c) Headings.  All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient

(d) Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the Plan, Option Agreement, and the
Confidential  Information  Agreement  (and  its  exhibits)  represents  the  entire  agreement  and  understanding
between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements
whether written or oral.  With respect to stock options or other Equity Awards granted on or after the date of
this Agreement, the acceleration of vesting provisions provided herein will apply to such stock options or
other  Equity  Awards.    This  Agreement  may  be  modified  only  by  agreement  of  the  parties  by  a  written
instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

(with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

(e) Governing Law.  This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California

(f) Severability.    The  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of  any  provision  or  provisions  of  this
Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in
full force and effect.

(g)  Withholding.    All  payments  made  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  will  be  subject  to  all
applicable  withholdings,  including  all  applicable  income  and  employment  taxes,  as  determined  in  the
Company’s reasonable judgment.

(h) Acknowledgment.    Executive  acknowledges  that  Executive  has  had  the  opportunity  to
discuss this matter with and obtain advice from Executive’s private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and
has  carefully  read  and  fully  understands  all  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement,  and  is  knowingly  and
voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts.    This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  counterparts,  and  each  counterpart
will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the
part of each of the undersigned.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE BLANK; SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

Page 11 of 3

 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by
its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

COMPANY

Pulse Biosciences, Inc.

By:

/s/ Darrin Uecker

Darrin Uecker

Title:

President & Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE

By:

/s/ Kevin Danahy

Kevin Danahy

Page 12 of 3

 
 
List of Subsidiaries

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiary
NanoBlate Corp., a Delaware Corporation
BioElectroMed Corp., a California Corporation
Pulse Biosciences BV
2783162 Ontario Inc.

Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Delaware
California
Netherlands
Ontario

Ownership Position
100%
100%
100%
100%

 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 23.1

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  Registration  Statement  Nos.  333-259330,  333-246346,  333-
237577, 333-227974, 333-224800, 333-219104, and 333-219096 on Form S-3 and Registration Statement Nos.
333-256992, 333-254451, 333-237225, 333-229320, 333-222582, 333-221788, 333-218164, and 333-216897 on
Form  S-8  of  our  report  dated  March  31,  2022,  relating  to  the  financial  statements  of  Pulse  Biosciences,  Inc.
appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 

San Jose, California
March 31, 2022

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT
TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Darrin R. Uecker, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pulse Biosciences, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and

a) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2022

By:

/s/ Darrin R. Uecker
Darrin R. Uecker
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT
TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Sandra Gardiner, certify that:

1.

I  have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pulse Biosciences, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2022

By:

/s/ Sandra Gardiner
Sandra Gardiner
Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President of
Finance and Administration, and Treasurer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002* 

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report of Pulse Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the
undersigned certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
that to the best of his or her knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition

and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Date: March 31, 2022

/s/ Darrin R. Uecker
Darrin R. Uecker
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Sandra Gardiner
Sandra Gardiner
Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President of
Finance and Administration, and Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

This certification is deemed furnished and not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be

*
incorporated by reference into any filing of Pulse Biosciences, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this report, irrespective of any general
incorporation language contained in such filing, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates these certifications
by reference therein.